ት Tergwame Greek · Coptic · Ethiopic · Syriac · Armenian · Georgian · Latin

Greek · Other ·

Scholia in Matthaeum

Origen · first1k

BothSourceEnglish
JSON Dossier
machine-draft · no human review 63 passages · 15,689 words

Work dossier · summary and historical context

Summary

The Scholia in Matthaeum attributed to Origen survive only in fragmentary form, preserved primarily through Greek catenae and later Byzantine compilations. They are excerpted from Origen's larger Commentary on Matthew, composed in Caesarea between 244 and 249 CE. The scholia reflect Origen's allegorical and theological exegesis, including distinctions such as that between γέννησις and γένεσις. Their precise date of compilation is uncertain, and attribution of individual scholia to Origen is often disputed, as many may be later summaries or paraphrases. The present edition relies on a single modern source and does not collate all known catena manuscripts.

The Scholia in Matthaeum preserve Origen's distinctive exegetical method, including his allegorical interpretation and theological distinctions (e.g., γέννησις vs. γένεσις). They influenced later patristic and Byzantine exegesis, as evidenced by their use in catenae and citations by Chrysostom and Theophylact. The scholia also illuminate Origen's Christology and his engagement with Middle Platonic thought, making them important for understanding early Christian intellectual history.

Historical context

Origen composed his Commentary on Matthew in Caesarea, likely between 244 and 249 CE, during a period of intense theological and exegetical activity in the Christian community there. The scholia are excerpted from this larger work, but their compilation as a distinct collection cannot be securely dated; they likely emerged in the Byzantine period through catena traditions. The scholia were used extensively in Greek catenae and cited by later authorities such as John Chrysostom and Theophylact, indicating their authority in Byzantine exegetical tradition. The text survives only in fragments, with no complete manuscript of Origen's commentary extant. The present edition is based on a single modern edition (first1k) and does not collate all known catena manuscripts, so readers should consult the critical apparatus of the source edition for variant readings. Attribution of individual scholia to Origen is often uncertain; many may be later summaries or paraphrases, and the edition's ascriptions rely on internal stylistic criteria and catena attributions.

Apparatus · what the pipeline recorded

Annotation and terms

378 commentary units 73 scripture68 term66 background50 structure45 reception43 caution15 sense10 transmission8 parallel 0 derived notes 105 open questions 63 narrative
What the kinds mean

Pipeline notes

  • limitThe English is a machine draft produced passage by passage from the transcribed Coptic; no human has verified it. The commentary is model-written and cites only keys the pipeline could resolve.
  • registerRegister: other in ancient Greek; the English keeps the liturgical formulae and the vocatives rather than normalising them.
  • structurePassages: 63 narrative.
  • sourceSource edition: first1k — CC BY-SA 4.0

Term index

CopticRenderingCountFirst
no glossary terms recorded
tlg2042.tlg077:1 · narrativehigh
Source
ΩΡΙΓΕΝΟΥΕ ΕΙΣ ΚΑΤΑ ΜΑΤΘΑΙΟΝ ΕΥΑΓΓΕΛΙΟΝ. ΚΕΦ. Α΄. Στιχ. ιη΄. Τοῦ δὲ Ἰησοῦ ἡ γέννησις οὕτως ἦν. . . . . . . . (1–2) Ὧδε μὲν γεννήσεως μέμνηται ὁ εὐαγγελιστὴς, κατʼ ἀρχὰς δὲ τοῦ Εὐαγγελίου, τῆς γενέσεως. Ἐνταῦθα μὲν γὰρ λέγει· Τοῦ δὲ Ἰησοῦ λριστοῦ ἡ γέννησις οὕτως ἦν, ἐκεῖ δὲ, Βίβλος γενέσεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ. Τίς οὖν ἡ διαφορὰ τῆς γεννήσεως καὶ τῆς γενέσεως; καὶ ὡς ἀμφότερα ἐπὶ Χριστοῦ λαμβάνεται; Ὥσπερ ὁ λόγος οὗτος ὁ προφορικὸς κατὰ τὴν οἰκείαν φύσιν ἀναφής ἐστι καὶ ἀόρατος· ὅταν δὲ ἐν βιβλίῳ γραφῇ, καὶ οἱονεὶ σωματωθῇ, τότε καὶ ὁρᾶται καὶ ψηλαφᾶται· οὕτως καὶ ὁ ἄσαρκος τοῦ Θεοῦ Λόγος καὶ ἀσώματος, οὕτε ὁρώμενος, οὕτε γραφόμενος κατὰ τὴν θεότητα, ἐπειδὴ ἐσαρκώθη, καὶ ὁρᾶται καὶ γράφεται. Διὰ τοῦτο, ὡς σαρκωθέντος, καὶ βίβλος ἐστὶ τῆς αὐτοῦ γενέσεως. Ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἐξήτηται ἐνθάδε τὸ, διὰ τί εἶπε βίβλος, καὶ οὐκ εἶπεν ὅρασις (3), ἢ λόγος· ἀλλὰ τὸ, τί ἐστι γέννησις, καὶ τί γένεσις; Διαφέρει γένεσις καὶ γέννησις. Γένεσις μὲν γάρ ἐστι παρὰ Θεοῦ πρώτη πλάσις γέννησις δὲ ἡ ἐκ καταδίκης τοῦ θανάτου διὰ τὴν παράβασιν ἐξ ἀλλήλων διαδοχή. Καὶ ἔτι, ἡ μὲν γένεσις τὸ ἄφθαρτον ἔχει (4) καὶ ἀναμάρτητον· ἡ δὲ γέννησις τὸ παθητὸν καὶ ἁμαρτητικόν. Ὁ οὖν Κύρος, τῆς μὲν γενέσεως τὸ ἀναμάρτητον φυσικῶς λαβὼν, τὸ ἄφθαρτον οὐ προσέλαβε· τῆς δὲ γεννήσεως τὸ παθητὸν εἰληφὼς, τὸ ἁμαρτητικὸν οὐ προσέλαβε, τὸν πρῶτον τοῖς κατʼ ἄμφω μέρεσιν Ἀδὰμ φέρων ἀμείωτον.
English
Of Origen On the Gospel According to Matthew. Chapter 1. Verse 18. Now the birth of Jesus was thus. . . . . . . . (1–2) Here the evangelist mentions birth, but at the beginning of the Gospel, generation. For here he says: Now the birth of Jesus Christ was thus, but there: Book of the generation of Jesus Christ. What then is the difference between birth and generation? And how are both taken in reference to Christ? Just as this spoken word, according to its own nature, is intangible and invisible; but when it is written in a book and, as it were, embodied, then it is both seen and touched; so also the fleshless and bodiless Word of God, neither seen nor written according to his divinity, because he became flesh, is both seen and written. For this reason, since he became flesh, there is also a book of his generation. But it is not inquired here why he said book, and did not say vision or discourse; but rather, what is birth, and what is generation? Generation and birth differ. For generation is the first formation from God; birth is the succession from one another due to the condemnation of death because of transgression. And further, generation has the incorruptible and sinless; birth has the passible and prone to sin. Therefore the Lord, having naturally taken the sinlessness of generation, did not also take the incorruptibility; and having taken the passibility of birth, did not also take the proneness to sin, bearing the first Adam undiminished in both respects.
tlg2042.tlg077:2 · narrativemedium
Source
Οὐκοῦν εἴη ἂν ἐπὶ Χριστοῦ γένεσις μὲν, οὐκ ἐκ τοῦ μὴ ὄντος εἰς τὸ εἶναι πρόοδος, ἀλλʼ ὀδὸς ἀπὸ τοῦ ἐν μορφῇ Θεοῦ ὑπάρχειν εἰς τὸ ἀναλαβεῖν τὴν τοῦ δούλου μορφήν· ἡ δὲ γέννησις αὐτοῦ διπλῆ γέγονε, καθʼ ἡμᾶς καὶ ὑπὲρ ἡμᾶς. Τὸ μὲν γὰρ ἐκ γυναικὸς γεννηθῆναι καθʼ ἡμᾶς· τὸ δὲ μὴ ἐκ θελήματος σαρκὸς, ἢ ἀνδρὸς, ἀλλʼ ἐκ Πνεύματος ἁγίου, ὑπὲρ ἡμᾶς. Ὅπερ καὶ τὴν μέλλουσαν προανεφώνει Math. I, 1. (12) Ex cod. Cat. mss. in Mauhæum apud clariss. Muarellum,initium ita supple : Σὺ δὲ πρὸς τούτοις ζήτει, ὅτι πῶς ποτε ἄρα ὧδε, ec. (3) In cod. liι.:I λόγος· τοῦτο γὰρ εἴρηται· ἀλλὰ τὸ, πῶς ὄπισθεν γενέσεως ἐμνημόνευσεν ὁ Ματθαῖος, ὦδε δὴ γεννήσλως. Καὶ τί ἐστι γέννησις, καὶ τί ἐστι γέννησιν, ἣν ἡμῖν ἔμελλεν ἐκ Πνεύματος χαρίσεσθαι. ΚΕΦ. Ζ΄. (5) Στιχ. ε΄. Μὴ δῶτε τὸ ἄγιον τοῖς κυσὶ, μηδὲ βάλητε τοὺς μαργαρίτας ὑμῶν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν χοίρων... Στιχ. ς΄. Αἰτεῖτε, καὶ δοθήσεται ὑμῖν· ζητεῖτε, καὶ εὑρήσετε· κρούετε, καὶ ἀνοιγήσεται ὑμῖν. Ἵνα μὴ ἀγνοῶσιν οἱ μαθηταὶ, τίνες εἰσὶν κύνες, ἢ χοῖροι ἐν τοῖς ἀκροαταῖς, ἐπιμόνως ζητήσατε, φησὶν, ἐκ Θεοῦ, καὶ ἀποκαλύπτεται ὑμῖν πάντα. Ἀρχὴ μὲν γὰρ ἀρετῆς τὸ διʼ εὐχῆς γνῶναι τὸ ἀγαθόν· εἶτα τὸ εἰδέναι πῶς δεῖ ὁδεῦσαι τὴν ἀρετήν τρίτον τὸ διὰ τῶν ἔργων κρούειν ἀνοιγῆναι αὐτῷ τὴν θύραν. Τοῦτο γὰρ σημαίνει ἡ διὰ τῶν χειρῶν κροῦσις. Τρισσᾶς γὰρ ἡ τῶν σωτηρίων δογμάτων ἀλήθεια λαμβάνεται, ἐπιμελεῖ εὐχῇ, καὶ τοῦ ἡγεμονικοῦ ἐν τῷ ζητεῖν τὰ θεῖα καταστάσει, καὶ περὶ τοῦ εὑρεῖν συναισθήτως τῆς τῶν κεκρυμμένων Γραφῶν ἀσφαλείας τὸ βάθος, ἀκριβεῖ πολυπραγμοσύνῃ·
English
Therefore, in the case of Christ, there would be generation, not a procession from non-being into being, but a path from existing in the form of God to taking up the form of a servant. And his birth has been twofold, according to us and above us. For to be born from a woman is according to us, but not from the will of flesh or of a man, but from the Holy Spirit, is above us. This also prefigured the birth which was about to be granted to us from the Spirit. Chapter 7. Verse 5. Do not give the holy to the dogs, nor cast your pearls before the swine. Verse 6. Ask, and it shall be given to you; seek, and you shall find; knock, and it shall be opened to you. So that the disciples may not be ignorant of who are dogs or swine among the hearers, he says, seek persistently from God, and all things are revealed to you. For the beginning of virtue is to know the good through prayer; then to know how one must travel the path of virtue; third, through works to knock so that the door may be opened to him. For this is what the knocking with the hands signifies. For the truth of the saving doctrines is apprehended in three ways: by diligent prayer, by the state of the ruling principle in seeking divine things, and by the conscious perception of the depth of the hidden security of the Scriptures through precise investigation.
tlg2042.tlg077:3 · narrativehigh
Source
οὕτω γὰρ ἀνοίγεσθαί φησι τὰς Γραφάς. Στιχ. θ΄. Τᾶς ἐξ ὑμῶν ἄνθρωπος, ὂν ἐὸν αἰτήσῃ δ υἱὸς αὐτοῦ ἄρτον, μὴ λίθον ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ; Στιχ. ι΄. Καὶ ἐὰν ἰχθὺν αἰτήσῃ, μὴ ὄφιν ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ; Ὅρα δὲ εἰ γνῶσις τροφὴ, ἧς ἄνω οὐκ ἔστι σώζεσθαι· οἷον ὁ περὶ τοῦ πῶς βρωτέον ἀκριβὴς λόγος. Ἰχθὺς δὲ καὶ οἷον ὄψον φιλομαθεῖ τὸ εἰδέναι σύστασιν κόσμου, ἐνέργειαν στοιχείων, ἀρχὴν καὶ τέλος καὶ μεσότητα, καὶ ὅσα ἐξῆς ἡ σοφία λέγει. Οὕτε ἀντὶ τοῦ ἄρτου λίθον δίδωσιν ὁ Θεὸς, ὂν ὁ διάβολος ἐσθίεσθαι ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἐβούλετο· οὕτε ἀντὶ ἰχθύος ὄφιν, ὂν ἐσθίουσιν οἱ ἀνάξιοι τοῦ ἰχθὺν ἐσθίειν Αἰθίοπες. Πῶς δὲ τοὺς μαθητὰς πονηροὺς ἐκάλεσεν; Εἰ γὰρ καὶ ἠκολούθουν ἐκ προαιρέσεως, ἀλλʼ εἶχον τὸ τρεπτὸν τοῦ ἀνθρωπίνου. Μόνον δὲ ἄτρεπτος ἦν καὶ θεότητι καὶ ἀνθρωπότητι ὁ τοῦ Θεοῦ Υἱός. Δόματα δὲ ἀγαθὰ καλεῖ τὰς πνευματικὰς δωρεάς. Ὁ δὲ Λουκᾶς Πνεῦμα ἅγιον εἶπεν, ἀντὶ τοῦ εἰπεῖν ἀγαθά. Καὶ οὐδὲν τὸ διάφορον. Τὸ γὰρ ἅγιον Πνεῦμα αὐτό ἐστι τὸ φῶς ἀγαθόν· διὸ καὶ τοῖς μετόχοις αὐτοῦ δίδωσιν ἀγαθά. Τοῖς δὲ ἄγαν πονηροῖς, διὰ τὸ ἀνενδότως ἁμαρτάνειν τρόπον τινὰ φύσις αὐτοῖς ἡ κακία γίνεται· οἷός ἐστιν ὁ Σατανᾶς καὶ οἱ δαίμονες. Δύναται γάρ τις καὶ τούτους φύσει κακοὺς εἰπεῖν, καίπερ μὴ φύσει κακοὺς δημιουργηθέντας, ἀλλʼ ἐξ αὐτοπροαιρέτου κακίας ἀπεσκληκότας.
English
For thus, he says, the Scriptures are opened. Verse 9. Would any man among you, if his son asked him for bread, give him a stone? Verse 10. And if he asked for a fish, would he give him a serpent? Observe whether knowledge is food, without which it is not possible to be saved above; for example, the precise account of how one must eat. And the fish is like a relish for the love of learning to know the constitution of the world, the activity of the elements, the beginning and end and middle, and all that wisdom subsequently says. Neither does God give a stone instead of bread, which the devil wished to be eaten by Jesus, nor a serpent instead of a fish, which the unworthy of eating fish, the Ethiopians, eat. And how did he call the disciples evil? For even if they followed from choice, they still possessed the changeability of the human. Only the Son of God was unchangeable in both divinity and humanity. And he calls good gifts the spiritual gifts. But Luke said Holy Spirit instead of saying good gifts. And there is no difference. For the Holy Spirit itself is the good light; therefore it gives good things to its participants. But to the exceedingly evil, because they sin relentlessly, evil becomes in a way their nature; such is Satan and the demons. For one can call even these evil by nature, even though they were not created evil by nature, but have become hardened through self-chosen wickedness.
tlg2042.tlg077:4 · narrativemedium
Source
ΚΕΦ. Η΄. Στιχ. ια΄. Πολλοὶ ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν καὶ δυσμῶν ἥξουσι, ταὶ ἀνακλιθήσονται μετὰ Ἀβραὰμ καί Ἰσαὰκ καὶ Ἰακὼβ ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τῶν οὐρανῶν. Εἰ στενὴ καὶ τεθλιμμένη ἐστὶν ἡ ὁδὸς, καὶ ὀλίγοι οἱ εὑρίσκοντες αὐτὴν, διὰ ποίας οἱ πολλοὶ εἰσελεύσονται; περὶ γὰρ πλατείας καὶ εὐρυχώρου λέγει, ὅτι πολλοὶ εἰσελεύσονται διʼ αὐτῆς. Καί φαμ 2 Joan. I, 13. 3 Matth. VII, 14. (5) Ex cod. Venet. XXVII, pag. 23. ὅτι ὁ μὲν τοῦ Σωτῆρος λόγος εἴρηται, ἐπειδὴ ὀλίγοι ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ ἐσώζοντο· οὐ πολλοὶ γὰρ ἐπίστευσαν εἰς αὐτόν. Διὸ καὶ ἔλεγε· Μὴ φοβοῦ μικρόν ποίμωιον, ὅτι εὐδόκησεν ὁ Θεὸς ἐν σοί. Προφητικῶς δὲ ἐλέχθη τὸ, Πολλοὶ ἥξουσιν· ὡς περὶ τῶν μελλόντων πιστεύειν εἰς αὐτὸν ἀπὸ τῶν ἐθνῶν. Πολλοὶ, φησὶν, ὡς πρὸς τοὺς μετὰ τὴν παρουσίαν μὴ πστεύσαντας, οἱ ἀπὸ τῶν ἐθνῶν ἀνακλιθησόμενοι μετὰ Ἀβραὰμ καὶ τῶν ἐξ αὐτοῦ ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τῶν οὐρανῶν· καὶ τῷ ἀριθμῷ δὲ πολλαπλασίους οὗτοι τῶν ἀπὸ Ἰσραὴλ καὶ τὸν Ἰησοῦν Χριστὸν ὁμολογουμένων.
English
Chapter 8. Verse 11. Many from east and west will come, and they will recline with Abraham and Isaac and Jacob in the kingdom of heaven. If the way is narrow and constrained, and few are those who find it, through what way will the many enter? For he speaks of a broad and spacious way, that many will enter through it. And I say that the word of the Saviour was spoken because few from Israel were being saved; for not many believed in him. Therefore he also said: Do not fear, little flock, because God is pleased with you. But the saying, Many will come, was spoken prophetically, as concerning those from the nations who would believe in him in the future. Many, he says, in comparison with those who did not believe after his coming, those from the nations who will recline with Abraham and his descendants in the kingdom of heaven; and these are many times more in number than those from Israel who confess Jesus Christ.
tlg2042.tlg077:5 · narrativemedium
Source
ΚΕΦ. ΙΑ΄. Στιχ. ια΄. Ὁ δὲ μικρότερος ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τῶν οὐρανῶν μείζων αὐτοῦ ἐστιν. Στιχ. ιβ΄. Ἀπὸ δὲ τῶν ἡμερῶν Ἰωάννου τοῦ Βαπτιστοῦ ἕως ἄρτι ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν βιάζεται, καὶ βιασταὶ ἁρπάζουαιν αὐτήν. Φαμὲν τὸ μικρότερον περὶ αὐτοῦ λέγειν τοῦ Χρισποῦ· μικρότερον δὲ κατὰ τὴν δόκησιν τῶν ἀκουόντων. Τὸ δὲ, ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τῶν οὐρανῶν, δηλοῖ ἐν τοῖς πνευματικοῖς, καὶ ἐν τοῖς κατʼ οὐρανὸν ἅπασι καὶ θεῖκοῖς μείζονα ὑπάρχειν ἐκείνου τὸν Χριστόν. Οὕτως δὲ ἀναγνωσόμεθα, ὅτι, Μικρότερος· εἶτα, μικρὸν διαλιπόντες, ἐποίσομεν τὸ, Ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τῶν οὐρανῶν μείζων αὐτοῦ ἐστιν. Ἡ δὲ βασιλεία α. ν οὐρανῶν αὐτός ἐστιν ὁ Χριστὸς, προτρεπόμενος πάντας εἰς μετάνοιαν, καὶ ἕλκων εἰς ἑαυτὸν διὰ τῆς χάριτος. ΚΕΦ. ΙΒ΄. Στιχ. ιδ΄. Οἱ δὲ Φαρισαῖοι συμβού λιον ἕλαβον κατʼ αὐτοῦ ἐξαλθόντες, ὅπως αὐτόν ἀπολέσωσιν. Ὅσῳ τις ἐγγίζει τῷ Ἰησοῦ, συμβούλιον οὐ λαμβάνει. Οὐ γὰρ ἐγγίζει τῷ Ἰησοῦ ἡ συμβουλὴ τῶν κακῶν. Ὅτε δέ τις τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἔρχεται ἔξω, συμβούλιον λαμβάνει τοῦ ἀπολέσαι τὸ φῶς, τὴν ὁδὸν τὴν ἀγαθὴν, τὴν ζωὴν, τὸν θησαυρὸν, τὸν μαρτυρήσαντα τὴν ἀγάπην, τὴν εἰρήνην. Τοῦτον ἄν τις ἀπολέσῃ, υἱὸς ἀπωλείας καλεῖται.
English
Chapter 11. Verse 11. But the lesser one in the kingdom of heaven is greater than he. Verse 12. From the days of John the Baptist until now the kingdom of heaven is forced, and violent men seize it. We say that the lesser is spoken concerning Christ himself; lesser, however, according to the opinion of the hearers. And the phrase "in the kingdom of heaven" indicates that among spiritual things, and among all heavenly and divine things, Christ exists as greater than that one. Thus we will read: "Lesser"; then, after a brief pause, we will add: "in the kingdom of heaven is greater than he." The kingdom of heaven is Christ himself, urging all to repentance and drawing them to himself through grace. Chapter 12. Verse 14. But the Pharisees took counsel against him, going out, so that they might destroy him. To the extent that one approaches Jesus, he does not take counsel. For the counsel of evil does not approach Jesus. But when one goes outside of Jesus, he takes counsel to destroy the light, the good way, the life, the treasure, the one who bore witness to love, the peace. If anyone destroys this one, he is called a son of destruction.
tlg2042.tlg077:6 · narrativehigh
Source
Στιχ. ιε΄. Ὁ δέ Ἰησοῦς, γνοὺς ἀπεχώρησεν. Οὐκ ἔδει γὰρ αὐτὸν μένειν μετὰ τῶν υἱῶν τῆς ἀπωλείας. Ἐκεῖνοι ἀπώλεσαν, ἡμεῖς, μὴ ζητήσαντες, εὕρομεν. Εὑρέθην γὰρ, φησὶ, τοῖς ἐμέ μὴ ζητοῦσιν· ἐμφανὴς ἐγενόμην τοῖς ἐμέ μὴ ἐπερωτῶσιν. Αὐτὸς γὰρ ἦλθεν ἐπὶ τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἀπολωλότα αὐτοὶ δὲ ἐπελάθοντο τοῦ ἰδίου ποιμένος. Ἀναχωρεῖ, οὐ δεδιὼς τὴν ἐπιβουλὴν, ἀλλὰ τὴν κακίαν σναστέλλων· καὶ ἵνα μή τις οἰηθῇ διὰ δειλίαν αὐτὸν ἀποκεχωρηκέναι, πάντας οὖν ἐθεράπευσε, τὴν παναλκῆ αὐτοῦ ἐνδεικνύμενος δύναμιν. Πλὴν ὑποστέλλει μὴ δημοσιεύεσθαι, ὡς ἐπιεικὴς καὶ ἀκενόδοξος. ΚΕΦ. ΙΓ΄. (6) Στιχ. μδ΄. Ὁμοία ἐστὶν ὁ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν θησαυρῳ, κ. τ. λ. Καθʼ ἑτέραν δὲ ἐκδοχὴν εἴη δʼ ἂν, ἀγρὸς μὲν ἡ 3 Lnc. XII, 32. ⁴ Joan. XVII, 12. ⁵ Rom. x, 20. 6 6 Matth. XV, 24. (6) æc quæ huc pertinemnt, occurrunt in cod. aXvI, inter expositiones in Lucam, p. 33 seqq. Ego versus ascripsi. Γραφὴ, πολλοῖς καταπεφυτευμένη ῥητοῖς νομικοῖς τε καὶ γραφικοῖς, καὶ ἱστορικοῖς· θησαυρὸς δὲ τὰ τούτοις ποικίλα ἐνόντα φανερά τε καὶ κεκρυμμένα νοήματα· καὶ Χριστὸς ὁ τίμιος τῆς Γραφῆς θησαυρός. Ἢ ἀγρὸς ὁ Χριστὸς, ἐν ᾧ Παῦλος λέγει ἐγκεκρύφθαι τοὺς ἀποκρύφους θησαυροὺς τῆς σοφίας καὶ τῆς γνώσεως τοῦ Θεοῦ. Τὰ οὐράνια τοίνυν πράγματα, καὶ ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν ὥσπερ ἐν εἰκόνι γέγραπται ταῖς Γραφαῖς, αἵτινές εἰσι βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν· ἡ δέ ἐστιν αὐτὸς ὁ Χριστὸς, οὗ ἡ γνῶσις κατὰ δύναμιν ἐν ἡμῖν ἐστιν· εὑρίσκεται δὲ διὰ τῆς πίστεως, καὶ ἀγοράζεται διὰ τῶν ἀρετῶν. Εὑρων οὖν τις τὸν ἐν.
English
Verse 15. But Jesus, knowing, withdrew. For he ought not to remain with the sons of perdition. They destroyed; we, not seeking, found. For I was found, he says, by those who do not seek me; I became manifest to those who do not question me. For he himself came to the lost sheep, but they forgot their own shepherd. He withdraws, not fearing the plot, but restraining the evil; and so that no one might think he withdrew out of cowardice, he healed all, displaying his all-powerful might. Yet he refrains from being made public, as one who is gentle and free from vainglory. Chapter 13. (6) Verse 44. The kingdom of heaven is like a treasure, etc. According to another interpretation, it might be that the field is Scripture, planted with many legal, scriptural, and historical texts; the treasure is the varied meanings, both manifest and hidden, contained in them; and Christ is the precious treasure of Scripture. Or the field is Christ, in whom Paul says the hidden treasures of the wisdom and knowledge of God are concealed. Therefore, heavenly matters and the kingdom of heaven are depicted as in an image in the Scriptures, which are the kingdom of heaven; and this is Christ himself, whose knowledge is within us according to our capacity; it is found through faith and purchased through the virtues. So if someone finds the
tlg2042.tlg077:7 · narrativehigh
Source
ταῖς Γραφαῖς θησαυρὸν τοῦτον, κρύπτει, μὴ, ἀκίνδυνον εἰδὼς τῶν ἀποῤῥήτων τοῖς τυχοῦσι μεταδιδόναι. Ἄπεισι δὲ κρύψας, ἀγοράσων τὸν ἀγρὸν ὁπόσου ἂν βούλοιτο· ὃν Ἑβραῖοι πρὶν ἐπιστεύθησαν, παῤ ὧν τοῦτον λαβὼν ὅστις κατʼ ἄλλην παραβολὴν ἀμπελών ἐστιν, ἴδιον πτῆμα τοῦτον ποιεῖ, πάντα πεπρακὼς αὐτοῦ τὰ ὑπάρχοντα· κακία δὲ ταῦτʼ ἦν, τῷ μηκέτι ζῆν τούτοις, νεκρωθῆναι δὲ τῷ κόσμῳ παντὶ καὶ θελήμασι τοῦ αὐτοῦ. (7) Οἵ γε μὴν περὶ μαργαριτῶν γράψαντες, φασὶν ἕξ εἶναι τὰς τούτων διαφορὰς, ὧν κρείττους οἱ κατʼ Ἰνδίαν ἐν κόγχαις γενόμενοι ἐκ δρόσου τῆς οὐρανίας. Οἱ ἥττους γοῦν μαργαρῖταί εἰσιν αἱ τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν, καὶ τῆς ἄλλης Γραφῆς ζητήσεις, ἃ ὁ ἐμπόνως ζητῶν, ἐμπορίας ἀποδιδόμενος, τὸν κρείττω τούτων ἀπάντων μαργαρίτην Χριστὸν ζητεῖ, πάντα ταῦτα καὶ παρόντα καλὰ ζημίας ἡγούμενος καὶ σκύβαλα πρὸς τὴν γνῶσιν τοῦ Χριστοῦ. (8) Ἔτι σαγήνη ἐστὶν ἡ ἐκ τῶν παλαιῶν τῆς Γραφῆς λόγων πλοκὴ, ἢν ἀτελῆ δοκοῦσαν ὁ Χριστὸς ἐλθὼν τετελείωκεν. Αὕτη. εἰς τὴν τοῦδε τοῦ βίου ἐμβαλλομένη θάλασσαν, οὐ φύσεων συνάγει διαφόρων, ἀλλὰ γνωμῶν αὐτεξουσίων καὶ προαιρέσεων· ὡς εἶναι τὸ ἐκ παντὸς γένους συναγόμενον, ἐπαινετοὺς καὶ ψεκτοὺς ἐν ταῖς πρὸς τὰ εἴδη τῶν ἀρετῶν, ἢ τῶν κακιῶν ἐπιῤῥεπείαις. Δύναται δὲ ποὸς τούτοις τὸ ἐκ παντὸς γένους συναγόμενον δηλοῦν τὴν ἀπὸ παντὸς γένους κλῆσιν. Οὐκ ἂν δὲ τὴν σαγήνην ἑλκύσωσιν ἐπὶ τὸν αἰγιαλὸν, ἤτοι τὰ ἔξω τοῦδε τοῦ βίον πράγματα, οἱ ἄγγελοι, μὴ πληρωθεῖσαν τῷ πληρώματι τῶν ἐθνῶν·
English
hides this treasure in the Scriptures, knowing that it is not without risk to impart the secrets to just anyone. And having hidden it, he departs to purchase the field at whatever price he wishes; which the Hebrews were entrusted with before, from whom he takes it—who, according to another parable, is a vineyard—and makes it his own possession, having sold all his belongings; these were vice, so that he no longer lives by them, but is dead to the whole world and to its desires. (7) Those who have written about pearls say there are six varieties of them, of which the superior ones are those produced in India in shells from the heavenly dew. The inferior pearls, at any rate, are the inquiries into the law, the prophets, and the rest of Scripture, which the one who seeks diligently, selling off his merchandise, seeks the pearl Christ, who is better than all these, considering all these things, though good in themselves, as loss and rubbish compared to the knowledge of Christ. (8) Furthermore, the net is the weaving together of the ancient words of Scripture, which, seeming incomplete, Christ came and perfected. This net, cast into the sea of this life, gathers not different natures, but self-determined wills and choices; so that what is gathered from every kind includes both the praiseworthy and the blameworthy in their inclinations toward the forms of virtues or vices. In addition to this, what is gathered from every kind can signify the calling from every kind. The angels would not draw the net onto the shore—that is, the things outside this life—unless it were filled with the fullness of the nations.
tlg2042.tlg077:8 · narrativehigh
Source
πλησθεῖσαν δὲ ἀναβιβάζουσι, καὶ ἕκαστον τῶν ὑπὸ τὴν σαγήνην καλῶν, εἰς τὸ οἰκεῖον τάγμα ἀποκαταστήσονται κατὰ τὰ ὀνομαζόμενα ἐνταῦθα αὐτῶν ἀγγεῖα, τὰ δὲ σαπρὰ ἔξω βαλοῦσι. Τὸ δὲ ἔξω ἡ κάμινός ἐστι τοῦ πυρὸς, καθώς φησιν ὁ Σωτὴρ ἐν τοῖς ἐξῆς· οἱ μὲν γὰρ φαῦλοι τῶν ἰχθύων ἔξω ῥιπτοῦνται, οἱ δὲ τῶν ἀνθρώπων εἰς τὴν κάμινον τοῦ πυρός (9); Στ. μζ΄. Πάλιν· Ὁμοία ἐστὶν ὁ βασιλεία τῶν οὐχανῶν σαγήνῃ βληθείσῃ εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν. (10) Σαγήνης πλοκὴ νοητὴ ἡ ἐκ ποικίλων νοημα των παλαιὰ καὶ καινὴ Γραφή· Θάλασσα, ὁ κυματούμενος τῶν ἀνθρώπων βίος. Τὸ πᾶν γένος τὸ ποικίλον (9) Hactenus cod. XXVII:. (10) Cont. Rue, tom. III, 455 E, et v superiorew. τῶν ἐν ἀνθρώποις προαιρέσεων, ἡ παντοίων ἐθνῶν κλῆσις. Ἐργάται σαγήνης, ὁ Κύριος καὶ οἱ προσελθόντες ἄγγελοι διακονεῖν αὐτῷ. Ἀγγεῖα αἱ διάφοροι μοναί. Οὐκ ἀνάγεται δὲ ἡ σαγήνη, ἕως οὗ τὸ πλήρωμα τῶν ἐθνῶν εἰσέλθῃ. Ἤ οὕτως· Σαγήνη ἐστὶν ἡ ἀποστολικὴ διδασκαλία, ἡ ἀδιακρίτως συλλαμβανομένη Ἰουδαίους καὶ Ἕλληνας, βαρβάρους, Σκύθας, δούλους, ἐλευθέρους, πονηροὺς καὶ ἀγαθούς. Θάλασσα, ὁ τῶν ἀνθρώπων βίος. Αἰγιαλὸς, τὸ τέρμα τούτου. Ἐν δὲ τῇ συντελείᾳ, ὅτε ἀνασπᾶται ἡ σαγήνη, ἀφορίζονται ἀπὸ τῶν φαύλων οἱ ἀγαθοὶ, οἱ μὲν τιμώμενοι, οἱ δὲ κολαζόμενοι. Οὐ γὰρ πάντων τῶν πιστῶν ὅμοιος ὁ τρόπος. Ἵνα δὲ μὴ νομίσῃ τις, ὅτι ἔξω μόνον βάλλονται οἱ ἄπιστοι καὶ πονηροὶ, ἐσήμανεν, ὅτι εἰς διηνεκῆ κόλασιν παραπέμπονται· Καὶ βαλοῦσιν αὐτοὺς εἰς τὴν κάμινον τοῦ πυρός, καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς.
English
when it is filled, they draw it up, and each of the good fish under the net will be restored to its own rank according to their vessels named here, but they will cast the rotten ones outside. And the outside is the furnace of fire, as the Savior says in what follows: for the worthless fish are thrown outside, but worthless men are thrown into the furnace of fire (9). Chapter 47. Again: The kingdom of heaven is like a net cast into the sea. (10) The net is a conceptual weave of varied thoughts, the Old and New Scripture; the sea is the billowing life of men. The whole race, the varied kinds of purposes among men, the calling of all nations. The workers of the net are the Lord and the angels who came to serve him. The vessels are the different abodes. The net is not drawn up until the fullness of the nations enters. Or thus: The net is the apostolic teaching, which indiscriminately catches Jews and Greeks, barbarians, Scythians, slaves, free, wicked and good. The sea is the life of men. The shore is its end. And at the consummation, when the net is drawn up, the good are separated from the worthless, some being honored, others punished. For not all believers have the same manner. And so that no one might think that only the unbelieving and wicked are cast outside, he indicated that they are sent to eternal punishment: And they will cast them into the furnace of fire, and so forth.
tlg2042.tlg077:9 · narrativemedium
Source
ΚΕΦ. ΙΗ΄. Στίχ. ε΄. Καὶ ὃς ἐὰν δέξηται παιδίον τοιοῦτον ἓν ἑπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου, ἐμὲ δέχεται. Παραινεῖ δέχεσθαι τοὺς πιστοὺς ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ ἒν παιδίον τοιοῦτον, ἢ ἔν τοιούτων (10 ) τῶν πνευματικῶν καὶ μεμορφωμένων τὸν Χριστὸν, κατὰ τὸ ταπεινῶσαι τὸ ἑαυτοῦ πνεῦμα. Κατὰ δὲ τὸν Λουκᾶν, τὸ δεικνύμενον ὑπὸ τοῦ Σωτῆρος παιδίον δέχεσθαι δεῖ ἐν τῷ ὀνόματιαὐτοῦ, ἵνα ἐν αὐτῷ δέξηται τὸν Χριστὸν ὄντα καὶ ἐν τῷ Πνεύματι. Ἤ ἕν τοιοῦτον, ἐπεὶ ἕν εἰσι πάντες οἱ πνευματικοί. Προτρέπει δὲ ὁ λόγος καὶ τὸ δέχεσθαι τῶν ἁπλῶν καὶ πραέων τῇ καρδίᾳ ἐν τῷ λόγῳ Χριστοῦ. Ἀνακόπτων τὸ φιλόνικον τῶν μαθητῶν (ἐπειδὴ ὅτε οἱ διδάσκαλοι μάχονται, σχίσματα γίνονται πολλῶν σκανδαλιζομένων, βουλομένων τῶν σκανδαλιζομένων ἐπισπᾶσθαι εἰς αὑτοὺς τοὺς ἀκροατὰς), προλέγει τὴν μετʼ αὐτῶν τιμωρίαν. Τοῦτο δὲ ἐπιτεταγμένως ἐλέχθη. Τουτέστιν κἂν εὐτελῆ ἄνθρωπον τῶν πιστῶν σκανδαλίσητε, βαρεῖα ἔσται καθʼ ὑμῶν ἡ τιμωρία. Τὴν γὰρ ἀφόρητον τιμωρίαν διὰ τοῦ μύλου καὶ καταποντισμοῦ σημαίνει, τὴν ἐσομένην μετὰ τῶν τοὺς τοιούτους ὑβριζόντων. Σκάνδαλον γὰρ ἐνταῦθα τὴν ὕβριν καλεῖ. Ταῦτα δέ φημι, ἐπειδὴ οἱ μικροὶ εὐσκανδάλιστοί εἰσιν, ἵνα μὴ καταφρονῶμεν αὐτῶν. Ὁ γὰρ μέγας καὶ τέλειος ἐν ἀρετῇ παντὸς σκανδάλου καταφρονεῖ. Ἐξ ὧν δὲ προλέγει καὶ θρηνεῖ τοὺς τοιούτους, δίδωσιν αὐτοῖς καιρὸν μετανοίας. Εἰπὼν δὲ, Ἀνάγκη, οὐκ ἀναιρεῖ τὸ αὐτεξούσιον, ἀλλὰ τὸ προγνωστικὸν τοῦ πάντως ἐσομένου δηλοῖ. Διὸ καὶ τὸ οὐαὶ αὐτοῖς ἐπιφωνεῖ, ὡς ἑκουσίως πταίουσι. Κόλασιν δὲ λέγει τοὺς ἀσέμνους (11) ζῶντας ἀνθρώπους.
English
CHAPTER 18 Verse 5. And whoever receives such a child in my name receives me. He advises receiving the faithful in his name, one such child, or one of such spiritual ones who are formed according to Christ, in order to humble one's own spirit. According to Luke, one must receive the child shown by the Savior in his name, so that in it one may receive Christ, who is also in the Spirit. Or "one such," since all the spiritual are one. The word also urges receiving the simple and gentle in heart in the word of Christ. Restraining the contentiousness of the disciples (since when teachers quarrel, schisms occur among many who are scandalized, as those scandalized wish to draw the hearers to themselves), he foretells the punishment with them. This was said emphatically. That is, even if you scandalize a humble person among the faithful, the punishment against you will be severe. For he indicates the unbearable punishment through the mill and drowning, which will befall those who insult such persons. For here he calls insult "scandal." I say these things because the small are easily scandalized, so that we may not despise them. For the great and perfect in virtue despises every scandal. From what he foretells and laments such persons, he gives them an opportunity for repentance. Saying "it is necessary" does not abolish free will, but indicates the foreknowledge of what will certainly happen. Hence he also adds "woe to them," as they err willingly. He calls "punishment" those who live indecently.
tlg2042.tlg077:10 · narrativehigh
Source
Στ. κʼ. Οὗ γάρ εἰσι δύο ἢ τρεῖς (11 ) συνημμένοι εἰς τὸ ἐμὸν ὅνομα, ἐκεῖ εἰμι ἐν μέσῳ αὐτῶν. Στ. κα΄. Τότε προσελθὼν αὐτῷ ὁ Πέτρος, εἶπε· Κύριε, ποσάκαις ἁμαρτήσει εἰς ἐμὲ ὁ ἀδελφός μου, καὶ ἀφήσω αὐτῷ; ἕως ἑπτάκις Δύο συνημμένοι ἐπὶ τῷ τοῦ Χριστοῦ ὀνόματι, σῶμα 7_12 Rom. XI, 25. 12 Matth. XIII, 50. (10·) Τοιούτων. Forte τοιοῦτον, ut et interpres Fegisse videtur. Edit. (11) Ἀσέμνους. Forte ἀσέμνως. Εdit. (11*) Vulgo συνηγμένοι. Hic et in seqq. confer edita. καὶ πνεῦμα, μὴ ἀντιστρατευόμενα· ὑποταγέντος μὲν τοῦ σώματος, τοῦ δὲ πνεύματος μεταδιδόντος αὐτῷ θείας ζωῆς· τρεῖς δέ τε (13) ὁλόκληρον, πνεῦμα, ψυχὴ, σῶμα, τηρεῖ τῇ παρουσίᾳ Χριστοῦ· Ἤ αἱ δύο διαθῆκαι, ὅταν ὁ συναγωγεὺς αὐτῶν τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον ἐν αὐταῖς ᾗ· τρεῖς δὲ, νόμον, προφήτας, Εὐαγγέλιον· ἢ θυμὸν καὶ ἐπιθυμίαν, καὶ λογισμόν· ἢ τὴν κλῆσιν καὶ ἐκλογὴν, καὶ τὸ εἰς πρώτην τιμὴν τασσόμενον γένος μεθʼ ἡμῶν. Τήρει δὲ, ὅτι οὐκ εἶπεν ἔσομαι, ἀλλʼ εἰμί. Ὡς Θεός γὰρ πανταχοῦ ὢν, ἐν μέσῳ ἐστὶ τῶν διʼ εὐσεβείας συναπτομένων. Ἡ γὰρ πανεπίσκοπος τοῦ Θεοῦ δύναμις ἀμέριστος μεριστὴ γίνεται τοῖς ἀξίοις. Ἐπειδὴ τῶν εἰς ἡμᾶς πταισμάτων ἡμεῖς κύριοί ἐσμεν τοῦ συγχωρεῖν, οὐ μὴ (14) τῶν εἰς Θεὸν φθατόντων εἰ μὴ αὐτὸς ὁ Θεός· διὰ τοῦτο εἶπεν ὁ Πέτρος τὸ, εἰς ἐμέ. Ἐρωτῶν γὰρ, ἕως τίνος χρεία μὴ μνησικακεῖν, ὡς μέγα προσέθηκε τὸ, ἑπτάκις. Ὁ δὲ Κύριος, τὸ ἄπειρον σημαίνων τῆς ἀνεξικακίας, εἶπεν τὸ, ἑβδομηκοντάκις ἑπτά· τουτέστιν· Ὁσάκις ἁμάρτῃ εἰς σὲ, ἐὰν μετανοῇ, ἄφες αὐτῷ.
English
Chapter 18 Verse 20. For where there are two or three gathered together in my name, there I am in their midst. Chapter 18 Verse 21. Then Peter came to him and said, Lord, how many times shall my brother sin against me and I forgive him? Up to seven times? Two united in the name of Christ, body and spirit, not opposing each other, the body being subject and the spirit imparting divine life to it; and three complete: spirit, soul, body, preserves the presence of Christ. Or the two testaments, when their gatherer, the Holy Spirit, is in them; and three: law, prophets, gospel. Or anger, desire, and reason. Or the calling, the election, and the race placed in first honor with us. Note that he did not say I will be, but I am. For as God being everywhere, he is in the midst of those united through piety. For the all-overseeing power of God, indivisible, becomes divisible to the worthy. Since we are masters of forgiving offenses against us, but not of those reaching God unless God himself, for this reason Peter said "against me." For asking up to what point it is necessary not to bear a grudge, he added "seven times" as a great number. But the Lord, indicating the infinity of forbearance, said "seventy times seven," that is: Whenever he sins against you, if he repents, forgive him.
tlg2042.tlg077:11 · narrativemedium
Source
Ἐπειδὴ ἐπὶ τῶν ἀφοριζομένων μέτρον ὥρισεν ὁ Χριστὸς, οὐ μὴν καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν μετανοούντων, εἰκότως ἐρωτᾷ ὁ Πέτρος τό· Ἕως πόσου δεῖ δέχεσθαι τὸν μετανοοῦντα; Ὅρα δὲ εἱ δύναται· Ἐπεὶ ὁ μὲν ἓξ ἀριθμὸς ἐργατικὸς καὶ ἐν γενέσει κόσμου, ὁ δὲ ἑπτὰ ἀναπαύσεως· ὁ μὲν τὰ τοῦ κόσμου καὶ ὑλικὰ ἀγαπῶν, ἐξαμαρτάνων τέλος ἔχει τὴν ἑβδομάδα· ὅπερ νοήσας ὁ Πέτρος, συγχωρεῖν θέλει ἐν τῷ ἑπτά. Ὁ δὲ Κύριος ἐπιτείνει τοῦτο ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ τρόπῳ, ἀναλόγως γὰρ μονάδος πρὸς δεκάδας καὶ ἑκατοντάδας, ὡς τὸν ὑπερβάντα τὰ κοσμικὰ μηκέτι ἔχειν ἄφεσιν τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων· ἡ γὰρ ἄφεσις ἐπὶ τὰ τῇδε εἴτε βραδὺ (15), εἴτε τάχιον. ΚΕΦ. ΚΑ΄. Στίχ. λγ΄. Ἄνθρωπος ἦν οἰκοδεσπότης, ὅστις ἐφύτευσεν ἀμπελῶνα, καὶ φραγμόν αὐτῷ περιέθηκε, καὶ ὤρυξεν ἐν αὐτῷ ληνὸν, καὶ ᾠκοδόμησε πύργον, καὶ ἐξέδοτο αὐτόν γεωργοῖς, καὶ ἀπεδήμησε, κ. τ. λ. Ἡ παραβολὴ οἰκοδεσπότην λέγει τὸν Θεὸν καὶ πατέρα, τὸν πολλὴν πρόνοιαν ἐξ ἀρχῆς εἰς τοὺς Ἰουδαίους ἐπιδειξάμενον. Ἀμπελὼν δὲ ἀπλῶς μὲν ὁ πρῶτος λαὸς, τουτέστιν ὁ Ἰσραὴλ, φυτευθεὶς ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν τῇ γῇ τῆς ἐπαγγελίας. Φραγμὸς δὲ ὁ νόμος, οὐκ ἐῶν αὐτοὺς μιγῆναι τοῖς ἔθνεσι. Ληνός τὸ θυσιαστήριον, ἤτοι ὁ τόπος τῶν σπονδῶν. Πύργος ἡ Σιὼν, ἢ ὁ οὐρανός. Γεωργοὶ οἱ πρεσβύτεροι τοῦ λαοῦ καὶ οἱ σοφοὶ, καὶ οἱ κατὰ καιροὺς διδάσκαλοι. Ἀπεδήμησε δὲ ὁ οἰκοδεσπότης, ὅτε οὐκέτι ἡμέρᾳ ἐν στύλῳ νεφέλης καὶ νυκτὸς αὐτοῖς ἐν στύλῳ πυρὸς ἐπιφαίνεται. Ἢ ἡ τοῦ Θεοῦ μακροθυμία, ἡ μὴ παρὰ πόδας mines moriuntur. (13) Forte δὲ τό (14) Μή. Forte μήν, ut paulo infra. EDIT. (15) Forte βράδιον.
English
Since Christ set a limit for those who are excommunicated, but not for those who repent, Peter naturally asks: "How far must one accept the one who repents?" But see if it is possible: Since the number six is active and pertains to the generation of the world, while seven pertains to rest; the one who loves worldly and material things, sinning, has the hebdomad as his end; understanding this, Peter wishes to concede at the number seven. But the Lord intensifies this in the same manner, for analogously as the unit is to tens and hundreds, so the one who has transcended worldly things no longer has remission of sins; for remission pertains to things here, whether slowly or more quickly. Chapter 21. Verse 33. There was a man, a householder, who planted a vineyard, and placed a fence around it, and dug a winepress in it, and built a tower, and leased it to farmers, and went abroad, etc. The parable calls the householder God the Father, who showed great forethought from the beginning toward the Jews. The vineyard is simply the first people, that is, Israel, planted by God in the land of promise. The fence is the law, not allowing them to mix with the nations. The winepress is the altar, or the place of libations. The tower is Zion, or heaven. The farmers are the elders of the people and the wise, and the teachers of each time. The householder went abroad when he no longer appeared to them by day in a pillar of cloud and by night in a pillar of fire. Or it is the patience of God, who does not immediately...
tlg2042.tlg077:12 · narrativemedium
Source
ἀπαιτοῦσα τοὺς Ἰουδαίους τὴν τῶν πταισμάτων τιμωρίαν. Ἀπαίτησις δὲ καρπῶν ὁ ἔννομος βίος· Καιρὸς αὐτῶν ἡ προφητικὴ ἀπαίτησις· Δοῦλοι πρῶτοι καὶ δεύτεροι παθόντες ἄτοπον, οἱ κατὰ διαφόρους καιροὺς ἀποσταλέντες προφῆται, οἷς (15) τὸν μὲν ἕδηραν, ὡς Μιχαίαν, πατάξαντος ἐπὶ σιαγόνα Σεδεκίου· τὸν δὲ ἀπέκτειναν, ὡς Ζαχαρίαν, μεταξὺ τοῦ ναοῦ καὶ τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου· τὸν δὲ ἐλιθοβόλησαν, ὡς Ζαριοὺ υἱὸν Ἰωδαὲ τὸν ἱερέα. Τάχα δὲ ἀμπελὼν, ἢ (16) ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ τὰ μυστήρια αὐτοῦ ἐν νόμῳ καὶ προφήταις, καὶ τῇ ἄλλῃ φυσιολογίᾳ. Καρποὶ δὲ ὁ ἐνἀρετος ἐν ἤθεσι βίος. Φραγμὸς ὁ λογικὸς τόπος, καὶ τὸ γράμμα, ὡς μὴ κατοπτεύοιτο τοῖς ἔξω τὰ κεκρυμμένα μυστήρια. Ληνὸς τὸ βάθος τῆς δεχομένης τοὺς καρποὺς τοὺς τῆς ψυχῆς, πᾶν ἐπὶ πόλεμον ἐπιβαλλούσῃς. Πύργος καὶ διῃρημένος περὶ Θεοῦ λόγος. Ναὸς μὲν ἡ τοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ θείου ναοῦ (17). Γεωργοὶ οἱ πρῶτοι πιστευθέντες τὰ λόγια τοῦ Θεοῦ· οἷς ἀποδημεῖ εἰς τὴν αὐτοῦ περισπεῖν (18), δοὺς ἀφορμὴν, ἐξ ὧν αὐτὸς ἐφύτευσε, φραγμόν τε ἔθηκεν, ὤρυξεν, ὐκοδόμησε, τοῦ φέρειν καρπόν. Καιρὸς καρπῶν, ὃν οἶδεν οἰκοδεσπότης, τάχα οὐχ ὅτι ἐκφύειν φύλλα, ἢ κυπρίζειν, ἢ ὀμφακίζειν, ἢ τρυγᾶσθαι· οἷον οἱ τῆς νηπιότητος, ἢ τῆς συμπληρώσεως τοῦ λόγου, ἢ οἱ τῆς ἐν ἀρετῇ προκοπῆς, ἢ ἀρχῆς· οἱ δὲ τῆς ἀγάπης, καὶ χαρᾶς, καὶ εἰρήνης, καὶ τῶν λοιπῶν. Δοῦλοι οἱ προφῆται τὰ πνευματικὰ καρπώματα ἀπαιτοῦντες προσἀγειν ὡς ἱερεῖς τῷ Θεῷ.
English
demanding from the Jews the punishment for their transgressions. The lawful life is the demand for fruits. Their season is the prophetic demand. The first and second servants who suffered something improper are the prophets sent at different times, of whom they flayed one, like Micah, when Zedekiah struck him on the cheek; they killed another, like Zechariah, between the temple and the altar; and they stoned another, like Zariou son of Jodae the priest. Perhaps the vineyard is the kingdom of God, and his mysteries in the law and the prophets, and in the other natural philosophy. The fruits are the virtuous life in character. The fence is the rational place and the letter, so that the hidden mysteries might not be observed by outsiders. The winepress is the depth that receives the fruits of the soul, as it applies everything to war. The tower is the divided discourse about God. The temple is that of the divine temple within it. The farmers are those first entrusted with the oracles of God, to whom he departs to tend his own, giving a starting point from what he himself planted, and he set a fence, dug, built, to bear fruit. The season of fruits, which the master of the house knows, is perhaps not when they sprout leaves, or flower, or form unripe grapes, or are harvested—such as those of infancy, or of the completion of the word, or of progress in virtue, or of beginning; and those of love, joy, peace, and the rest. The servants are the prophets demanding that the spiritual fruits be brought as offerings to God, like priests.
tlg2042.tlg077:13 · narrativehigh
Source
ΚΕΦ. ΚΔ΄. Στίχ. με΄. Τίς ἄρα ἐστὶν ὀ πιστὸς δοῦλοι καὶ φρόνιμος, ὃν κατέστησεν ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τῆς θεραπείας αὐτοῦ; (19) Τάχα παροξύνων εἰς τὸ ζητῆσαι ἕνα τινὰ σπάνιον. Τῇ γὰρ τοῦ ἄρα ἀμφιβολίᾳ τὸ σπάνιον ἔδειξε τοῦ τοιούτου οἰκονόμου, καὶ οὐκ ἄλλον αὑτοῦ τὸν πιστὸν καὶ φρόνιμον οἰκονόμον εἰδὼς, κατασταθμαζό. μενον ἐπὶ τοῖς τοῦ Πατρὸς ἔργοις, λέγω δὲ ἐπὶ τῇ ἀνθρωπότητι. Ὡς γὰρ περὶ ἑτέρου λέγει, ἐπισκιάζων αὐτὸ τῇ ὑπερβολῇ τῆς σοφίας. Δοῦλον δὲ ἑαυτὸν εἶπε διὰ τὸ μορφὴν δούλου λαβεῖν. Ὅρα δὲ εἰ μὴ τοιαῦτα ἐγχειρισθέντας ἐπισκόπους καὶ διδασκάλους δυσωπεὶ ὁ λόγος φρονίμως ἑκάστῳ τὰ κατʼ ἀξίαν χρῆσθαι, καὶ ἐπιστημόνως τὰς πνευματικὰς διατάσσειν τροφὰς καιρῷ ποσότητος, ποιότητος. Τὸ δὲ, Τίς ἄρα, εἶπεν, οὐχ ὡς ἀγνοῶν, ἀλλʼ ἵνα μὴ περιεργάζωνται. Ἁρμό ζεῖ δὲ ὁ λόγος καὶ κατὰ παντὸς τοῦ ἐμπιστευθέντος τι παρὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ, εἴτε χρήματα, εἴτε ἀρχὴν, εἴτε δυναστείαν ἄλλην τινά. Δεύτερον δὲ ἀπαιτεῖται ὁ οἰκονόμος πίστιν καὶ φρόνησιν, ἵνα μήτε κλέψῃ τὰ δεσποτικὰ, ἀλλὰ καὶ δεόντως αὐτὰ οἰκονομήσῃ. Ἤ τὸν ἔχοντα πρὸς Θεὸν ἀγαθὴν συνείδησιν, καὶ μὴ ἀφιστάμενόν τινος τῶν δεόντων. Καὶ τὸν ὀρθῶς διδάσκοντα λέγει πιστόν. Φρόνιμον δὲ τὸν μὴ παραφερόμενον ταῖς τῶν αἱρετικῶν μωρολογίαις, ἀλλὰ διακρίνοντα τὸ ἀκριβὲς τοῦ λόγου, ἢ τὸν μὴ πειρόμενον (15) Οἶς. arie ὧν, vel ἐν οἶς. Ema. (1o) ore ῇ. (17) Locus mnpeditus.
English
Chapter 24. Verse 45. Who then is the faithful and prudent servant, whom his master set over his household? (19) Perhaps he is provoking them to seek out some rare person. For the ambiguity of the word "then" indicated the rarity of such a steward, and he knows no other faithful and prudent steward besides himself, who is appointed over the works of the Father, I mean over humanity. For he speaks as if about another, overshadowing it by the excess of his wisdom. He called himself a servant because he took the form of a servant. See whether the word does not put to shame those entrusted with such offices, bishops and teachers, to use each thing wisely according to its worth, and to dispense spiritual foods with knowledge, in due time, quantity, and quality. He said "Who then," not as being ignorant, but so that they might not be overly curious. The word also applies to everyone entrusted with something by God, whether money, office, or any other authority. The steward is required to have both faithfulness and prudence, so that he neither steals the master's goods, but also manages them properly. Or the one who has a good conscience toward God and does not depart from any of his duties. He calls the one who teaches correctly faithful. He calls prudent the one who is not carried away by the foolish talk of heretics, but discerns the precise meaning of the word, or the one who does not attempt (15) Ois. arie hon, or en ois. Ema. (10) ote e. (17) Passage obstructed.
tlg2042.tlg077:14 · narrativemedium
Source
ἁμαρτίαις, διὰ τὸ μὴ (20) ποικίλον καὶ πολύτροπον τῶν ἀνθρώπων. Τὸν εἰδότα πότε δεῖ ἐλέγξαι, ἢ ἐπιτιμῆσαι, ἢ παρακαλέσαι, ἢ διδάξαι· καὶ τίνας μὲν ποτίσαι δεῖ γάλα, τίσι δὲ μεταδοῦναι τῆς στερεᾶς τροφῆς. ΚΕΦ. ΚΕ΄. Στίχ. α΄. Τότε ὁμοιωθήσεται ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν· δέκα παρθένοις, αἵτινες, λαβοῦσαι τὰς λαμπάδας αὐτῶν, ἐξῆλθον εἰς ἀπάντησιν τοῦ νυμφίου. Δέκα παρθένοι εἷναί φασι τὰς ἐν ἑκάστῃ ψυχῇ αἰσθήσεις τοῦ ἔνδοθεν καὶ ἔξωθεν ἀνθρώπου, ἀποστάσας εἰδωλολατρείας καὶ τῶν κοσμικῶν ἐπιθυμιῶν, τῷ παραδέξασθαι, εἴτε προφάσει, εἴτε ἀληθείᾳ, τὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ καθαρὸν λόγον, καὶ παρθενοποιηθῆναι (21).Εἰσὶ δὲ αἵ τε κοινῶς νοούμεναι, καὶ αἱ ἐν παροιμίαις κείμεναι, αἱ καὶ ἀνακολουθοῦσαι, ὡς αἱ ἀρεταὶ τῆς ὑποστάσεως Χριστοῦ. Διὸ καὶ ἐντοπειατ΄. (22) οὐχ αἱ μὲν μωραὶ, αἱ δὲ φρόνιμοι. Ἀλλὰ μία (23) καὶ πᾶσαι ἐξῆλθον εἰς ἀπάντησιν, αἱ παραδεξάμεναι τὸ περὶ Χριστοῦ μυστήριον. Ἐξίασι γὰρ ἀπὸ τῆς τοῦ κόσμου πλάνης, σπεύδουσαι πρὸς τὸν ἑτοίμως ὁρμῶντα πρὸς αὐτάς. Ἅλλο Ὠριγένους. Ἕτερον ἡ παρθενία παρὰ τὴν ἐλεημοσύνην, καὶ ἕτερον ὁ νοῦς παρὰ τὸ σῶμα· καὶ τοῦτο λήψει εἰς τὰς δέκα παρθένους. Φρόνιμοι μὲν οὖν αἱ τοῦ κατὰ λόγον βιοῦντος αἰσθήσεις· μωραὶ δὲ αἱ τοῦ ἐναντίως καὶ παρὰ τὸν ὀρθὸν λόγον πολιτευομένου. Λαμπάδες ἡ πανάρετος πρᾶξις· ἔλαιον δὲ ὁ ἐπιχεόμενος λόγος τοῦ ψυχικοῦ, τοῦ τὴν ἀγαθὴν πρᾶξιν ἐργαζομένου. Καθεύδουσιν οἱ ἀπανιστάμενοι τοῦ ζωτικοῦ τόνου. Οὐκ ἀπολλύουσιν οὖν τὰς λαμπάδας αἱ φρόνιμοι, οὐδὲ ἀπροσεκτοῦσι περὶ τὴν τήρησιν τοῦ ἐλαίου.
English
...sins, because of the (20) variegated and manifold nature of human beings. The one who knows when it is necessary to reprove, or to rebuke, or to encourage, or to teach; and whom to give milk to, and to whom to impart solid food. Chapter 25. Verse 1. Then the kingdom of heaven will be likened to ten virgins, who, having taken their lamps, went out to meet the bridegroom. They say the ten virgins are the senses in each soul of the inner and outer man, having withdrawn from idolatry and worldly desires, in order to receive, whether in pretense or in truth, the pure word of God, and to become virginal. (21) They are both those commonly understood and those found in the Proverbs, which also follow, as the virtues of the hypostasis of Christ. Hence also "entopiat" (22) not some foolish and some wise. But one (23) and all went out to meet, those who received the mystery concerning Christ. For they go out from the deception of the world, hastening toward him who readily rushes toward them. Another of Origen. Virginity is one thing, almsgiving another; and the mind is one thing, the body another; and this will be taken for the ten virgins. Wise, then, are the senses of one who lives according to reason; foolish are those of one who lives contrarily and contrary to right reason. Lamps are all-virtuous action; oil is the poured-out word of the soul, of the one who works the good action. Those who rise up from the vital tension sleep. Therefore the wise do not lose their lamps, nor are they inattentive to the preservation of the oil.
tlg2042.tlg077:15 · narrativehigh
Source
Ἐμβοῶσιν οἱ ἄγγελοι ταῖς κοιμωμέναις αἰσθήσεσι, διεγείροντες αὐτάς· τουτέστι τὰ λειτουργικὰ πνεύματα εἰς διακονίαν ἀποστελλόμενα διὰ τοὺς μέλλοντας κληρονομεῖν σωτηρίαν. Κόσμος λαμπάδων ἡ κατὰ τὰς αἰσθήσεις εὐαγγελικὴ χρῆσις· ὀφθαλμῶν ἐπὶ τοῦ θαυμάζειν τὸν πεποιηκότα, καὶ μύειν ἵνα μὴ ἴδωσιν ἀδικίαν· ἀκοῆς (24) καὶ παραδεχομένης μάταιον, μήτε κρίσιν αἵματος, τοῦ δὲ ἴσου λόγου· γεύσεως αἰσθιούσης (25) Χριστὸν τὸν Κύριεν· ὀσφρήσεως Χριστοῦ εὐωδίᾳ ἀπολαυούσης, καὶ τοῦ ἐκκενωθέντος μύρου· ἁρῆς ἁπτομένης τοῦ Λόγου, ὡς Ἰωάννης λέγει· Αἱ χεῖρες ἡμῶν ἐψηλάφησαν περὶ τοῦ Λόγου τῆς ζωῆς. Μεσονύκτιον δὲ γίνεται ἡ φωνή· ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ, ᾗ ἐξῆλθον οἱ υἱοὶ Ἰσραὴλ ἐξ Αἰγύπιου, ἐν ᾗ καὶ ὁ Χριστὸς ἀνέστη ἐκ τῶν νεκρῶν. Φθωνή ἐστιν ἡ σάλπιγξ, ἡ τοὺς νεκροὺς ἐγείρουσα, καὶ ἐξάγουσα ἐκ τῶν τάφων. Ἔχει δὲ καὶ μυστικὸν νοῦν τὸ ἐξέλθετε. Ἐὰν γὰρ μὴ ἐξέλθωμεν, τὸν νυμφίον ἀπαντῆσαι οὐ δυνάμεθα. Λαμπάδα (26) τῆς παρθενίας ὁ τῆς γνώσεως φωτισμός· ἔλαιον δὲ εἰς τὰς λαμπάδας ἡ ἐν ἐπιγνώσει σπουδὴ, καὶ τῶν ἐντολῶν ἐργασία. Αὕτη γὰρ τὸ ἐν ἡμῖν· διαφυλάττει φῶς, (24) Locus deficiens. (25) Forte ἐσθιούσης. (26) Forte λαμπάδες.
English
The angels cry out to the sleeping senses, rousing them; that is, the liturgical spirits sent for service on behalf of those who are about to inherit salvation. A world of lamps is the evangelical use according to the senses: of the eyes for marveling at the Creator, and closing so as not to see injustice; of hearing, neither admitting vanity nor blood judgment, but of the equal word; of taste perceiving Christ the Lord; of smell enjoying the fragrance of Christ and of the emptied myrrh; of touch touching the Word, as John says: Our hands have felt concerning the Word of life. The voice occurs at midnight, at that hour when the sons of Israel went out from Egypt, at which also Christ rose from the dead. The voice is the trumpet that raises the dead and leads them out of the tombs. The phrase "go out" also has a mystical meaning. For if we do not go out, we cannot meet the bridegroom. The lamp of virginity is the illumination of knowledge; the oil for the lamps is zeal in knowledge and the working of the commandments. For this preserves the light within us.
tlg2042.tlg077:16 · narrativemedium
Source
ἁπλοῦν τὸν ὀφθαλμὸν διατηροῦσα, ὥστε φωτίζεσθαι ὅλον ἡμῶν τὸ σῶμα, κατὰ τὸν τοῦ Κυρίου λόγον. Αἱ μὲν οὗν λαβοῦσαι τὴν ἐπιμελῆ σπουδὴν πρὸς τὴν τῶν ἐντολῶν ἐργασίαν φρόιμοι· αἱ δὲ ἀμελεῖς μωραὶ, τὸν προσήκοντα καιρὸν ἀναλώσασαι εἰς τὴν τῶν ματαίων σπουδήν. Τὸ δὲ, ἐκάθευδον. τὴν κοίμησιν τοῦ θανάτου λέγει· τὸ μεσονύκτιον δὲ, τὸ αἰφνίδιον δηλοῖ καὶ τὸ ἀπροσδόκητον, ἄμα καὶ τό φοβερόν. Καὶ ταῖς μὲν ἐξαναστάσαις πάρεστιν ἃ ἐπόνεσαν· τὴν δὲ ῥᾳθυμίαν (27) περὶ τὴν εὐσέβειαν μηδὲν ἐπιφερομένων ἄρχεται στυγνάζειν ἡ ψυχὴ, καὶ οἱονεὶ κατασβέννυσθαι, καὶ εἰς παραφροσύνην χωρεῖν, ὥστε οἰηθῆναι αὐτὰς διὰ τῆς ἑτέρων ἀρετῆς. Διὸ ἀποδοκιμάζονται, λεγόντων ἐκείνων, Μήποτε οὐκ ἀρκέσει ἡμῖν καὶ ὑμῖν. Πωλοῦσι δὲ τὸ ἔλαιον οἱ διδάσκοντες μισθοῦ προσεδρείᾳ, προσοχῆς, φιλομαθίας, φιλοπονίας. Ἤ πωλοῦντές εἰσι προφῆται, ἀπόστολοι, εὐαγγελισταὶ, διʼ ὧν τις μαθητευθεὶς τὴν ἀρετὴν ἐργάζεται. ΚΕΦ. ΚΖ΄ Στίχ. ια΄. Καὶ ἐπηρώτησεν αὐτὸν ὁ ἡγεμὼν, λέγων· Σὺ εἶ ὁ βασιλεὺς τῶν Ἰουδαίων; Ὡς ἐπὶ δημοσίῳ ἐγκλήματι κατακριθέντα αὐτὸν ἐρωτᾷ Πιλάτος λέγων· Σὺ εἶ ὁ βασιλεὺς τῶν Ἰουδαίων Ζητεῖ μυκτηρίζων, ἢ ἀμφιβάλλων οὕτως ἐρωτᾷ. Ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς ἠρέμα, ὑπαινιττόμενος τὸ ναὶ, ὧς πάντων ἀνθρώπων βασιλεὺς, ἔφη τὸ, Σὺ λέγεις. Ἐπεὶ ὁ μὲν ἀρχιερεὺς δικαστικῶς ἠρώτα λέγων· Εἰπὲ ἡμῖν εἰ σὺ εἷ ὁ βασιλεὺς, Πιλάτος δὲ ἀποφαντικῶς. Ὅρα δὲ εἰ μὴ τὸ μὲν, Σὺ εἶπας, τῷ ἀρχιερεῖ λεγόμενον, τὸν δισταγμὸν αὐτοῦ λεληθότα, ἐλέγχει· τὸ δὲ, Σὺ λέγεις, τῷ Πιλάτῳ, τὴν ἀπόφασιν αὐτοῦ κυροῖ.
English
keeping the eye simple, so that our whole body is illuminated, according to the Lord’s word. Therefore, those who have taken up diligent zeal for the working of the commandments are prudent; but the careless are foolish, having wasted the appropriate time on the pursuit of vain things. And “they were sleeping” refers to the sleep of death; “midnight” indicates the sudden and unexpected, as well as the fearful. And to those who have risen up, what they have labored for is present; but for those who are negligent (27) concerning piety, bearing nothing, the soul begins to be gloomy, and is, as it were, extinguished, and proceeds to madness, so that they think themselves through the virtue of others. Therefore they are rejected, those others saying, “Lest it not suffice for us and for you.” And those who sell the oil are those who teach for a fee, by attendance, attention, love of learning, love of labor. Or those who sell are prophets, apostles, evangelists, through whom one, having been instructed, works virtue. CHAPTER 27 Verse 11. And the governor asked him, saying, “Are you the king of the Jews?” As if condemning him on a public charge, Pilate asks, saying, “Are you the king of the Jews?” He inquires mockingly, or he asks in this way doubting. But Jesus, gently, hinting at “yes,” as king of all men, said, “You say.” Since the high priest asked judicially, saying, “Tell us if you are the king,” but Pilate declaratively. And see whether “You have said,” spoken to the high priest, does not secretly convict his hesitation; while “You say,” to Pilate, confirms his declaration.
tlg2042.tlg077:17 · narrativemedium
Source
Ἦν γὰρ βασιλεὺς τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ, μήτε εἰπὼν ναὶ, ἵνα μὴ δῷ εὔλογον ἀφορμὴν τῷ Πιλάτῳ καταδικάζειν. (28) Διὰ τὸ ἀμετάτρεπτον αὐτῶν οὐδὲ αὐτοῖς ἀντιφθέγγεται. Καλῶς δὲ οὐδὲ τῷ Πιλάτῳ ἀπεκρίθη, ὅτι ἀμφιβάλλει εἰ χρὴ αὐτὸν πρὸς τὰς ἀδίκους κατηγορίας ἀπολογεῖσθαι, καὶ ὅτι διχογνωμῶν ἐστι περὶ αὐτῶν. Δῆλον γὰρ ἦν, ὅτι, εἶ ἀπελογήσατο καὶ παρέστησεν ἑαυτὸν οὐδενὶ (29) ἔνοχον ἐγκλήματος, ἀπἔλυσεν ἂν ὁ δικαστὴς αὐτὸν, λαβὼν ὁδὸν τοῦ χρηστὰ περὶ αὐτοῦ ἀποφήνασθαι. Ὅθεν καὶ ὁ ἡγεμὼν ἐθαύμαζεν αὐτὸν, πῶς, δυνάμενος εἰπεῖν πολλὰς ἀπολογίσ, ἐσιώπα. Διὸ καὶ ὡς θέλων αὐτὸν ἀπολῦσαι, εἰς τοῦτο αὐτὸν προετρέπετο (30)· ὅτι γὰρ φθόνῳ παρεδόθη, καὶ Πιλάτῳ δῆλον ἦν. Οὐχ ἁπλῶς δὲ θαυμάζει, ἀλλὰ καὶ λίαν· τάχα μὲν διὰ τὸ ἄτρεπτον καὶ ἀτάραχον αὐτοῦ πρὸς θάνατον, καὶ ἐν τούτοις γαληνὸν τοῦ προσώπου· ἢ καὶ τὴν ὑπὲρ ἄνθρωπον αὐτοῦ μακροθυμίαν ἐθαύμαζεν. Εἰκὸς ἄρτι ὑποσπόνδων γενομένων Ῥωμαίοις Ἰουδαίων, τὸ κεχαρισμένον αὐτοῖς ᾤοντο ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ συγχωρεῖσθαι. Καὶ Σαοὺλ δὲ, συγχωρήσας τῷ λαῷ τὸν Ἰωνάθαν, δηλοῖ πρὶν αὐτοῖς καὶ τοιοῦτον. Ὡς νομίζων 5 Matth. XXV, 9. 1⁶ Matth. XXVI, 63, 17 ibid. 64 (7) Locas deficiens. (2) Nullum ascribitur auctoris nomen. Hro rcler ad vers. 12. (29) An οὐδενός. (30) Hic et infra confer edita Latina, et quædam ctiam contraria his reperies.
English
For he was a king of Israel, neither saying “yes,” so as not to give a reasonable pretext to Pilate for condemning him. (28) Because of their unchangeableness, he does not even contradict them. And rightly he did not even answer Pilate, because he is uncertain whether he ought to defend himself against the unjust accusations, and because he is of two minds concerning them. For it was clear that, if he had defended himself and shown himself guilty of no charge, the judge would have released him, having taken a way to pronounce favorably about him. Hence also the governor marveled at him, how, though able to say many defenses, he kept silent. Therefore, also, as if wishing to release him, he urged him toward this (30); for that he was handed over out of envy was clear even to Pilate. He does not merely marvel, but marvels exceedingly; perhaps because of his unchangeableness and calmness in the face of death, and in these things the serenity of his face; or he marveled also at his more-than-human patience. It is likely that, since the Jews had recently become subjects of the Romans, they thought that what was pleasing to them was permitted at the festival. And Saul also, having granted the people Jonathan, indicates to them beforehand something of the sort. As one who thinks
tlg2042.tlg077:18 · narrativehigh
Source
δὲ, ὅτι τὸν ἀναίτιον, ἢ τὸν μυρίοις ἐγκλήμασιν ὑπαίτιον αἰτήσονται, εἶπε τοῦτο ὁ Πιλάτος, ὡς δικαίοις οὖσιν. ᾜδει γὰρ, ὅτι οὐδὲν σαφῆ ἔλεγχον εἶχον κατʼ αὐτοῦ.| Παλαιοῖς δὲ πάνυ ἀντιγράφοις ἐντυχὼν, εὗρον καὶ αὐτὸν τὸν Βαραββᾶν Ἰησοῦν λεγόμενον. Οὕτως γοῦν εἶχεν ἡ τοῦ Πιλάτου πεῦσις ἐκεῖ· χᾶνα θέλετε ἀπὸ τῶν δύο ἀπολύσω ὑμῖν; Ἰησοῦν τὸν Βαραββᾶν, ἢ Ἰησοῦν τὸν λεγόμενον Χριστόν; Ὡς γὰρ ἔοικε, πατρωνυμία ἧν τοῦ λῃστοῦ ὁ Βαραββᾶς, ὅπερ ἑρμηνεύεται διδασκάλου υἱός (31). Συντιθέμενον οὖν τὸ τοῦ Βαραμβᾶν ὄνομα σημαίνει υἱὸς τοῦ διδασκάλου ἡμῶν. Καὶ τίνος ἄρα διδασκάλου υἱὸν χρὴ νομίζειν τὸν ἐπίσημον λῃστὴν, ἢ τοῦ ἀνδρὸς αἱμάτων, τοῦ ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἀνθρωποκτόνου, ὂν καὶ μέχρι τῆς δεῦρο μᾶλλον αἱροῦνται οἱ μαθόντες παῤ αὐτοῦ ἀνθρωποκτονεῖν, ἢ τόν ζωοποιοῦντα τοὺς ἀνθρώπους, τὸν Κύριον ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦν Χριστόν; Κρινόμενος ὑπὸ τοῦ Πιλάτου, ἐχρημάτιζε τῇ τούτου γυναικὶ, ἵνα τῇ μὲν σιωπῇ τὴν ἀνδρείαν καταπλαγῇ, τῷ δὲ χρηματισμῷ γνῷ, ὅτι οὐκ ἄνθρωπεν, ἀλλὰ Θεὸν κρίνει. Διὰ δὲ τοῦτο αὐτὸς οὐκ εἶδεν ἢ ἵνα μὴ σιωπήσῃ τῷ (32) ὄναρ, ἢ ὄτι οὐκ ἔπιστεύετο, ἢ ὅτι ἀνάξιος ῆν, ἢ ἵνα ἀκούσας ἃ ὑπέμεινεν ἡ γυνὴ, συμπαθήσῃ. Οὐ γὰρ μόνον εἶδε τὸ ἐνύπνιον, ἀλλὰ καὶ πολλὰ ἔπαθε, καὶ ἐν νυκτὶ πρὸς τὸ φοβερώτερον γίνεσθαι. Ἄλλως τε δὲ Προνοίας ἔργον τὸ ὄναρ, οὐ λεγόμενον μὲν τί ἦν, δεικνύον δὲ, ὅτι οὐχ ἵνα μὴ πάθῃ ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐδείχθη, ἀλλʼ ἴνα σωθῇ ἡ γυνή. Μακαρία δὲ ἡ τοιαῦτα (33) ἀπέχουσα ἐν ὀνείροις τὸ παθεῖν, ἵνα μὴ ὑπερπάθῃ.
English
But that they would ask for the innocent one, or the one guilty of countless charges, Pilate said this, as if they were just. For he knew that they had no clear proof against him. Having come across very ancient manuscripts, I also found that Barabbas himself was called Jesus. Thus, at least, Pilate’s inquiry there went: “Which of the two do you want me to release to you? Jesus Barabbas, or Jesus called Christ?” For, as it seems, Barabbas was a patronymic of the robber, which is interpreted as “son of a teacher.” Therefore, the name Barabbas, when compounded, means “son of our teacher.” And whose teacher’s son should one consider the notorious robber to be, if not the son of the man of blood, the original murderer, whom even to this day those who have learned from him choose to murder men rather than the one who gives life to men, our Lord Jesus Christ? While being judged by Pilate, he communicated with this man’s wife, so that by his silence she might be struck with his courage, and by the communication she might know that he was not judging a man but a God. For this reason, he himself did not see it, either so that he would not be silent about the dream, or because he was not believed, or because he was unworthy, or so that, having heard what his wife endured, he might sympathize. For she not only saw the dream but also suffered much, and at night, to make it more terrifying. Besides, the dream was a work of Providence, not telling what it was, but showing that it was not revealed so that Jesus would not suffer, but so that the woman might be saved. Blessed is she who receives such things in dreams to suffer, so that she might not suffer excessively.
tlg2042.tlg077:19 · narrativemedium
Source
Εἰ (34) δὲ σύμβολέν ἐστιν αὕτη τῆς ποτε ὑπὸ Πιλάτου κυριευομένης Ἐκκλησίας, καὶ οὐκέτι οὕσης αὐτῷ ὑποχειρίου διὰ τὴν εἰς Χριστὸν πίστιν γὰρ, ἀλλόφυλος γὰρ ἡ γυνή. Στίχ. με΄. Ἀπὸ δέ ἕκτης ὥρας σκότος ἐγένετο ἐπὶ πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν ἕως ὥρας ἐνάτης. (33) Περὶ ταύτης τῆς ἐκλείψεως καὶ ὁ προφήτης Ζαχαρίας εἰπών· Ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, φησὶν, οὐκ ἔσται φῶς. Καὶ ψῦχος καὶ πάγος ἔσται μίαν ἡμέραν. Καὶ ἡ ἡμέρα ἐκείνη γνωστὴ τῷ Κυρίῳ. Καὶ οὐχ ἡμέρα, καὶ οὐ νύξ· καὶ πρὸς ἐσπέραν ἔσται φῶς. Εἰπὼν δὲ τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐσκοτίσθαι τοὺς βάλλοντας χεῖρας τῷ φωτί. Ὡς γὰρ Αἰγυπτίοις σκότος. καὶ τοῖς υἱοῖς Ἰσραὴλ φῶς· οὕτως καὶ νῦν τῇ μὲν Ἐκκλησίᾳ φῶς, τοῖς δὲ Ἰουδαίοις σκότος τριῶν ἡμερῶν, φωτὸς πατρικοῦ, ἀπαυγάσματος Χριστοῦ, ἐκλάμψεως ἁγίου Πνεύματος. Καὶ ἐπεὶ ἐν τῇ ἕκτῃ ἡμέρᾳ γεγένηται ὁ ἄνθρωπος, εἰκὸς δὲ αὐτὸν ἐν τῇ ἕκτῃ ὁ ὥρᾳ ἐσφάλθαι· τάχα διὰ τοῦτο ὁ ὑπὲρ σωτηρίας ἀνθρώπων πάσχων ὥρᾳ ἕκτῃ ἐκρεμάσθη. Τοῦτό ἐστι τὸ σημεῖον, ὅπερ ἔμπροσθεν αἰτοῦσιν ὑπέσχετο δώσειν, λέγων· Γενεὰ πονηρὰ καὶ μοιχαλὶς σημεῖον ἐπιἐητεῖ, 18 Matth. XXVII, 17. 19 Joan. VIII, 44. 20 Zach. XIV, 6, 7. 21 21Matth. XII, 39. 22Joan. VIII, 28. (31) Hinc quædam videtur hausisse Theophyl. pag. 156 a. (32) Forte τό. (33) An τοιαύτη. (34) Forte οἱονεί. (35) Subjungitur non asscripto auctoris nomine. Confer. edita Orig.
English
If this is a symbol of the church once ruled by Pilate, and no longer subject to him because of faith in Christ—for the woman is of another race. Verse 45. From the sixth hour darkness came over the whole earth until the ninth hour. Concerning this eclipse the prophet Zechariah also spoke, saying: On that day, he says, there will be no light. And there will be cold and ice for one day. And that day is known to the Lord. And it is neither day nor night; and toward evening there will be light. And he spoke of the darkness as the darkening of those who lay hands on the light. For just as there was darkness for the Egyptians and light for the sons of Israel, so also now there is light for the church, but darkness of three days for the Jews—light of the Father, radiance of Christ, illumination of the Holy Spirit. And since man was created on the sixth day, and it is likely that he erred on the sixth hour, perhaps for this reason the one suffering for the salvation of men was hung at the sixth hour. This is the sign which he earlier promised to give when they asked, saying: A wicked and adulterous generation seeks a sign.
tlg2042.tlg077:20 · narrativehigh
Source
καὶ ἑξῆς· καὶ, Ὅταν ὑψώσητε τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τότε γνώσεσθε, ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι. Καὶ γὰρ πολλῷ θαυμαστότερον ἐπὶ τοῦ σταυροῦ προσηλουμένου ταῦτα γενέσθαι ἢ ἐπὶ γῆς βαδίζοντος. Οὐ ταύτῃ δὲ μόνον τὸ παράδοξον ἦν, ἀλλʼ ὅτι καὶ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ γέγονεν ὅπερ ἐζήτουν, καὶ ἐπὶ πᾶσαν τὴν οἰκουμένην, ὅπερ οὐδὲ πρότερον συνέβη, ἀλλʼ ἐν Ἀἰγύπτῳ μόνον, ὅτε καὶ τὸ Πάσχα ἐτελεῖτο· καὶ γὰρ ἐκεῖνα τύπος ἦν τούτων. Ἵνα γὰρ μὴ εἴπωσιν ἔκλειψιν εἶναι τὸ γεγενημένον, διὰ τοῦτο τῇ δι΄ γίνεται, ὅτε ἔκλειψιν συμβῆναι ἀμήχανον. Ἐν μέσῃ δὲ ἡμέρᾳ, ἵνα πάντες οἱ τὴν γῆν οἰκοῦντες μάθωσιν, ὅτι πανταχοῦ τῆς οἰκουμένης ἡμέρα ἦν. Καὶ Φλέγων δέ τις παῤ Ἕλλησι φιλόσοφος μέμνηται τούτου τοῦ σκότους, ὡς παραδόξως γεγενημένου ἐν τῇ ιδ΄ τῆς σελήνης· ὅτε οὐ πέφυκεν ἔκλειψις γίνεσθαι, ὅτε πολὺ ἀπέχει τό τοῦ ἡλίου διάστημα, ὅσον ἀπʼ ἀρχῆς τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἕως τέλους. Τότε γὰρ γίνονται ἐκλείψεις, ὅταν πλησιάσωσιν ἀλλήλοις οἱ δύο οὗτοι φωστῆρες. Γίνεται γὰρ ἔκλειψις ἡλίου συνοδικῶς ὑποδραμούσης αὐτὸν σελήνης, οὐ πανσελήνῳ, ὅτε διάμετρός ἐστι τῇ σελήνη. Τοῦτο δὲ γέγονεν, ὡς πενθούσης τῆς κτίσεως ἐπὶ τῷ γεγονότι, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο δηλούσης, ὅτι, τῆς παροινίας ταύτης πραχθείσης ἐξ Ἰουδαίων, ἐσκοτίσθη αὐτῶν ὁ νοῦς, καὶ ἀπέστη ἀπʼ αὐτῶν ὁ νοητὸς ἥλιος. Εἴτε γὰρ αὐτὸν ἐνόμιζον τοῦτο πεποιηκέναι, ἔδει πιστεῦσαι καὶ φοβηθῆναι· εἴτε οὐκ αὐτὸν, ἀλλὰ τὸν Πατέρα, καὶ ἐκ τούτου ἔδει κατανυγῆναι. Ὀργιζομένου γὰρ ἦν τὸ σκότος ἐκεῖνο, καὶ δεῖγμα τοῦ μέλλοντος λαβεῖν τοὺς θεομάχους τε καὶ μιαιφόνους.
English
and so forth: and, "When you raise up the Son of Man, then you will know that I am." For it is far more remarkable that these things should happen while he is nailed to the cross than while he is walking on the earth. And the paradox was not only this, but also that what they sought came from heaven, and over the whole inhabited world, which had never happened before, but only in Egypt, when the Passover was celebrated; for those things were a type of these. So that they might not say that what happened was an eclipse, for this reason it occurs on the fourteenth day, when it is impossible for an eclipse to occur. And in the middle of the day, so that all who inhabit the earth might learn that it was day everywhere in the inhabited world. And a certain Phlegon, a philosopher among the Greeks, mentions this darkness, as having paradoxically occurred on the fourteenth day of the moon, when an eclipse naturally does not occur, when the distance of the sun is great, as from the beginning of the heaven to its end. For eclipses occur when these two luminaries approach each other. For an eclipse of the sun occurs when the moon runs under it at conjunction, not at full moon, when the moon is opposite. But this happened, as if creation were mourning over what had occurred, and through this showing that, because of this outrage perpetrated by the Jews, their mind was darkened, and the intelligible sun departed from them. For whether they thought that he had done this, they ought to have believed and feared; or whether not he, but the Father, even from this they ought to have been stricken. For that darkness was a sign of wrath, and a token of what was to befall the god-fighters and the murderers.
tlg2042.tlg077:21 · narrativehigh
Source
Διὰ τοῦτο γὰρ μετὰ πάντων τῆς (36) παροινίας τοῦτο γίνεται, ὅτε κόρος ἔλαβε τῶν σκωμμάτων, καὶ πάντων ἐφθέγξαντο ὅσα ἠθέλησαν. ΚΕΦ ΚΗ΄. Στίχ. ιη΄. Ἐδόθη μοι πᾶσα ἐξουσία ἐν οὐρανῷ καὶ ἐπὶ γῆς. Τὸ, Ἐδόθη μοι πᾶσα ἐξουσία, καὶ ἐξῆς, εἰς τὴν ἐνανθρώπησιν νόει. Εἰ δὲ καὶ εἰς τὴν θεότητα θεωρεῖν (37), καὶ οὕτω λήψῃ τὸ Ἐδόθη μοι ἐξουσία, ἀντὶ τοῦ Ἐχωρήθη. Ἐδόθη, ἠνέχθη μοι, περὶ τοῦ αὐτεξουσίου ἐπιστεύθην. Χώραν ἔσχεν ἡ ζωὴ πρῶτον μὲν ἐν τοῖς ἄνω, εἶτα νῦν καὶ ἐν τοῖς κάτω· οὓς θαῤῥοῦντες βαπτίσατε εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Πατρὸς, καὶ τοῦ Υἱοῦ, καὶ τοῦ ἁγίου Πνεύματος. Εἷς ὁ σώζων. μία ἡ σωτηρία. Εἷς ὁ ζῶν Πατὴρ, ὁ Υἱὸς, καὶ τὸ ἅγιον Πνεῦμα. Εἷς ἐστιν οὐ συναλοιφῇ τῶν τριῶν, ἀλλʼ οὐσίᾳ μιᾷ· τρεῖς δὲ ὑποστάσεις τέλειαι ἐν πᾶσι, καὶ κατάλληλοι. Κατὰ φύσιν ἐγέννησεν ὁ Πατήρ· διόπερ ὁμοούσιος ἐγεννήθη. Οὐ σῶμα ὁ Θεός· διὰ τοῦτο οὐκ ἀσταρεῦσιν (38) ἢ κίνησιν, ἤ τι τῶν τοιούτων, ἂ ἐν τοῖς σώμασι θεωρεῖται, ὁ Θεὸς ὁ ἀσώματος ἐγέννησεν. Ἐνυπόστατος ἡ γέννησις· ἀπετέχθη ἐκ τῆς οὐσίας τοῦ Πατρὸς ὁ Υἱός. (36) Forte τάς. (37) Ms. χώρης. (38) Forte ἅρα ῥεῦσιν. ΚΕΦ. Α΄.
English
For this reason, along with all the insults, this happens when he has had his fill of mockeries, and all have said whatever they wished. Chapter 28. Verse 18. "All authority was given to me in heaven and on earth." The phrase "All authority was given to me," and so forth, understand with reference to the incarnation. But if you also consider it with regard to the divinity, you will take "Authority was given to me" in the sense of "it was made room for." "Was given," was brought to me, I was entrusted with free will. Life first had place among the things above, and now also among the things below. Whom, taking confidence, baptize into the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Spirit. The one who saves is one. The salvation is one. The living Father, the Son, and the Holy Spirit are one. They are one not by a blending of the three, but by one substance; but three perfect hypostases in all things, and corresponding. The Father begot according to nature; therefore the one begotten is consubstantial. God is not a body; therefore God, who is incorporeal, begot without flux or motion or any such things as are observed in bodies. The generation is hypostatic; the Son was born from the substance of the Father.
tlg2042.tlg077:22 · narrativehigh
Source
Στιχ. ιη΄. Τοῦ δὲ Ἰησοῦ ἡ γέννησις οὕτως ἦν. . . . . . . . (1–2) Ὧδε μὲν γεννήσεως μέμνηται ὁ εὐαγγελιστὴς, κατʼ ἀρχὰς δὲ τοῦ Εὐαγγελίου, τῆς γενέσεως. Ἐνταῦθα μὲν γὰρ λέγει· Τοῦ δὲ Ἰησοῦ λριστοῦ ἡ γέννησις οὕτως ἦν, ἐκεῖ δὲ, Βίβλος γενέσεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ. Τίς οὖν ἡ διαφορὰ τῆς γεννήσεως καὶ τῆς γενέσεως; καὶ ὡς ἀμφότερα ἐπὶ Χριστοῦ λαμβάνεται; Ὥσπερ ὁ λόγος οὗτος ὁ προφορικὸς κατὰ τὴν οἰκείαν φύσιν ἀναφής ἐστι καὶ ἀόρατος· ὅταν δὲ ἐν βιβλίῳ γραφῇ, καὶ οἱονεὶ σωματωθῇ, τότε καὶ ὁρᾶται καὶ ψηλαφᾶται· οὕτως καὶ ὁ ἄσαρκος τοῦ Θεοῦ Λόγος καὶ ἀσώματος, οὕτε ὁρώμενος, οὕτε γραφόμενος κατὰ τὴν θεότητα, ἐπειδὴ ἐσαρκώθη, καὶ ὁρᾶται καὶ γράφεται. Διὰ τοῦτο, ὡς σαρκωθέντος, καὶ βίβλος ἐστὶ τῆς αὐτοῦ γενέσεως. Ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἐξήτηται ἐνθάδε τὸ, διὰ τί εἶπε βίβλος, καὶ οὐκ εἶπεν ὅρασις (3), ἢ λόγος· ἀλλὰ τὸ, τί ἐστι γέννησις, καὶ τί γένεσις; Διαφέρει γένεσις καὶ γέννησις. Γένεσις μὲν γάρ ἐστι παρὰ Θεοῦ πρώτη πλάσις γέννησις δὲ ἡ ἐκ καταδίκης τοῦ θανάτου διὰ τὴν παράβασιν ἐξ ἀλλήλων διαδοχή. Καὶ ἔτι, ἡ μὲν γένεσις τὸ ἄφθαρτον ἔχει (4) καὶ ἀναμάρτητον· ἡ δὲ γέννησις τὸ παθητὸν καὶ ἁμαρτητικόν. Ὁ οὖν Κύρος, τῆς μὲν γενέσεως τὸ ἀναμάρτητον φυσικῶς λαβὼν, τὸ ἄφθαρτον οὐ προσέλαβε· τῆς δὲ γεννήσεως τὸ παθητὸν εἰληφὼς, τὸ ἁμαρτητικὸν οὐ προσέλαβε, τὸν πρῶτον τοῖς κατʼ ἄμφω μέρεσιν Ἀδὰμ φέρων ἀμείωτον. Οὐκοῦν εἴη ἂν ἐπὶ Χριστοῦ γένεσις μὲν, οὐκ ἐκ τοῦ μὴ ὄντος εἰς τὸ εἶναι πρόοδος, ἀλλʼ ὀδὸς ἀπὸ τοῦ ἐν μορφῇ Θεοῦ ὑπάρχειν εἰς τὸ ἀναλαβεῖν τὴν τοῦ δούλου μορφήν·
English
Verse 18. The birth of Jesus was as follows. . . . (1–2) Here the evangelist mentions the birth, but at the beginning of the Gospel, the generation. For here he says, "The birth of Jesus Christ was as follows," but there, "Book of the generation of Jesus Christ." What, then, is the difference between birth and generation? And how are both taken in reference to Christ? Just as this spoken word, according to its own nature, is intangible and invisible, but when it is written in a book and, as it were, embodied, then it is both seen and touched, so also the fleshless and bodiless Word of God, neither seen nor written according to His divinity, once He became flesh, is both seen and written. For this reason, since He became flesh, there is also a book of His generation. But it is not inquired here why he said "book" and not "vision" or "account," but rather what "birth" is and what "generation" is. Generation and birth differ. For generation is the first formation from God, while birth is the succession from one another due to the condemnation of death because of transgression. And further, generation possesses incorruptibility and sinlessness, while birth possesses passibility and sinfulness. Therefore, the Lord, naturally taking the sinlessness of generation, did not also take incorruptibility; and taking the passibility of birth, he did not also take sinfulness, bearing the first Adam undiminished in both respects. Thus, in the case of Christ, there would be generation, not as a progression from non-being into being, but as a path from existing in the form of God to assuming the form of a servant.
tlg2042.tlg077:23 · narrativehigh
Source
ἡ δὲ γέννησις αὐτοῦ διπλῆ γέγονε, καθʼ ἡμᾶς καὶ ὑπὲρ ἡμᾶς. Τὸ μὲν γὰρ ἐκ γυναικὸς γεννηθῆναι καθʼ ἡμᾶς· τὸ δὲ μὴ ἐκ θελήματος σαρκὸς, ἢ ἀνδρὸς, ἀλλʼ ἐκ Πνεύματος ἁγίου, ὑπὲρ ἡμᾶς. Ὅπερ καὶ τὴν μέλλουσαν προανεφώνει Math. I, 1. (12) Ex cod. Cat. mss. in Mauhæum apud clariss. Muarellum,initium ita supple : Σὺ δὲ πρὸς τούτοις ζήτει, ὅτι πῶς ποτε ἄρα ὧδε, ec. (3) In cod. liι.:I λόγος· τοῦτο γὰρ εἴρηται· ἀλλὰ τὸ, πῶς ὄπισθεν γενέσεως ἐμνημόνευσεν ὁ Ματθαῖος, ὦδε δὴ γεννήσλως. Καὶ τί ἐστι γέννησις, καὶ τί ἐστι γέννησιν, ἣν ἡμῖν ἔμελλεν ἐκ Πνεύματος χαρίσεσθαι. Στιχ. ιη΄. Τοῦ δὲ Ἰησοῦ ἡ γέννησις οὕτως ἦν. . . . . . . . (1–2) Ὧδε μὲν γεννήσεως μέμνηται ὁ εὐαγγελιστὴς, κατʼ ἀρχὰς δὲ τοῦ Εὐαγγελίου, τῆς γενέσεως. Ἐνταῦθα μὲν γὰρ λέγει· Τοῦ δὲ Ἰησοῦ λριστοῦ ἡ γέννησις οὕτως ἦν, ἐκεῖ δὲ, Βίβλος γενέσεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ. Τίς οὖν ἡ διαφορὰ τῆς γεννήσεως καὶ τῆς γενέσεως; καὶ ὡς ἀμφότερα ἐπὶ Χριστοῦ λαμβάνεται; Ὥσπερ ὁ λόγος οὗτος ὁ προφορικὸς κατὰ τὴν οἰκείαν φύσιν ἀναφής ἐστι καὶ ἀόρατος· ὅταν δὲ ἐν βιβλίῳ γραφῇ, καὶ οἱονεὶ σωματωθῇ, τότε καὶ ὁρᾶται καὶ ψηλαφᾶται· οὕτως καὶ ὁ ἄσαρκος τοῦ Θεοῦ Λόγος καὶ ἀσώματος, οὕτε ὁρώμενος, οὕτε γραφόμενος κατὰ τὴν θεότητα, ἐπειδὴ ἐσαρκώθη, καὶ ὁρᾶται καὶ γράφεται. Διὰ τοῦτο, ὡς σαρκωθέντος, καὶ βίβλος ἐστὶ τῆς αὐτοῦ γενέσεως. Ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἐξήτηται ἐνθάδε τὸ, διὰ τί εἶπε βίβλος, καὶ οὐκ εἶπεν ὅρασις (3), ἢ λόγος· ἀλλὰ τὸ, τί ἐστι γέννησις, καὶ τί γένεσις; Διαφέρει γένεσις καὶ γέννησις.
English
His birth was twofold, according to us and above us. For to be born of a woman is according to us; but not from the will of flesh or of a man, but from the Holy Spirit, is above us. This also prefigured the future birth which he was about to bestow upon us from the Spirit. Verse 18. The birth of Jesus was as follows. . . . (1–2) Here the evangelist mentions the birth, but at the beginning of the Gospel, the generation. For here he says, "The birth of Jesus Christ was as follows," but there, "Book of the generation of Jesus Christ." What then is the difference between birth and generation? And how are both taken in reference to Christ? Just as this spoken word, according to its own nature, is intangible and invisible; but when it is written in a book and, as it were, embodied, then it is both seen and touched; so also the fleshless and bodiless Word of God, neither seen nor written according to his divinity, when he became incarnate, is both seen and written. For this reason, since he became incarnate, there is also a book of his generation. But it is not inquired here why he said "book" and did not say "vision" or "word"; but rather, what is birth, and what is generation? Generation and birth differ.
tlg2042.tlg077:24 · narrativehigh
Source
Γένεσις μὲν γάρ ἐστι παρὰ Θεοῦ πρώτη πλάσις γέννησις δὲ ἡ ἐκ καταδίκης τοῦ θανάτου διὰ τὴν παράβασιν ἐξ ἀλλήλων διαδοχή. Καὶ ἔτι, ἡ μὲν γένεσις τὸ ἄφθαρτον ἔχει (4) καὶ ἀναμάρτητον· ἡ δὲ γέννησις τὸ παθητὸν καὶ ἁμαρτητικόν. Ὁ οὖν Κύρος, τῆς μὲν γενέσεως τὸ ἀναμάρτητον φυσικῶς λαβὼν, τὸ ἄφθαρτον οὐ προσέλαβε· τῆς δὲ γεννήσεως τὸ παθητὸν εἰληφὼς, τὸ ἁμαρτητικὸν οὐ προσέλαβε, τὸν πρῶτον τοῖς κατʼ ἄμφω μέρεσιν Ἀδὰμ φέρων ἀμείωτον. Οὐκοῦν εἴη ἂν ἐπὶ Χριστοῦ γένεσις μὲν, οὐκ ἐκ τοῦ μὴ ὄντος εἰς τὸ εἶναι πρόοδος, ἀλλʼ ὀδὸς ἀπὸ τοῦ ἐν μορφῇ Θεοῦ ὑπάρχειν εἰς τὸ ἀναλαβεῖν τὴν τοῦ δούλου μορφήν· ἡ δὲ γέννησις αὐτοῦ διπλῆ γέγονε, καθʼ ἡμᾶς καὶ ὑπὲρ ἡμᾶς. Τὸ μὲν γὰρ ἐκ γυναικὸς γεννηθῆναι καθʼ ἡμᾶς· τὸ δὲ μὴ ἐκ θελήματος σαρκὸς, ἢ ἀνδρὸς, ἀλλʼ ἐκ Πνεύματος ἁγίου, ὑπὲρ ἡμᾶς. Ὅπερ καὶ τὴν μέλλουσαν προανεφώνει Math. I, 1. (12) Ex cod. Cat. mss. in Mauhæum apud clariss. Muarellum,initium ita supple : Σὺ δὲ πρὸς τούτοις ζήτει, ὅτι πῶς ποτε ἄρα ὧδε, ec. (3) In cod. liι.:I λόγος· τοῦτο γὰρ εἴρηται· ἀλλὰ τὸ, πῶς ὄπισθεν γενέσεως ἐμνημόνευσεν ὁ Ματθαῖος, ὦδε δὴ γεννήσλως. Καὶ τί ἐστι γέννησις, καὶ τί ἐστι
English
For genesis is from God, the first formation; but gennēsis is from the condemnation of death due to transgression, through succession from one another. And further, genesis possesses the incorruptible and sinless; but gennēsis possesses the passible and sin-prone. Thus the Lord, while naturally taking the sinlessness of genesis, did not also assume its incorruptibility; and while taking the passibility of gennēsis, did not also assume its sin-proneness, bearing the first Adam undiminished in both respects. Therefore, in the case of Christ, there would be genesis—not a procession from non-being into being, but a path from existing in the form of God to assuming the form of a servant—while his gennēsis was twofold, according to us and above us. For to be born of a woman is according to us; but not from the will of flesh or of a man, but from the Holy Spirit, is above us. This also prefigured the future birth.
tlg2042.tlg077:25 · narrativehigh
Source
γέννησιν, ἣν ἡμῖν ἔμελλεν ἐκ Πνεύματος χαρίσεσθαι. ΚΕΦ. Ζ΄. (5) Στιχ. ε΄. Μὴ δῶτε τὸ ἄγιον τοῖς κυσὶ, μηδὲ βάλητε τοὺς μαργαρίτας ὑμῶν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν χοίρων... Στιχ. ς΄. Αἰτεῖτε, καὶ δοθήσεται ὑμῖν· ζητεῖτε, καὶ εὑρήσετε· κρούετε, καὶ ἀνοιγήσεται ὑμῖν. Ἵνα μὴ ἀγνοῶσιν οἱ μαθηταὶ, τίνες εἰσὶν κύνες, ἢ χοῖροι ἐν τοῖς ἀκροαταῖς, ἐπιμόνως ζητήσατε, φησὶν, ἐκ Θεοῦ, καὶ ἀποκαλύπτεται ὑμῖν πάντα. Ἀρχὴ μὲν γὰρ ἀρετῆς τὸ διʼ εὐχῆς γνῶναι τὸ ἀγαθόν· εἶτα τὸ εἰδέναι πῶς δεῖ ὁδεῦσαι τὴν ἀρετήν τρίτον τὸ διὰ τῶν ἔργων κρούειν ἀνοιγῆναι αὐτῷ τὴν θύραν. Τοῦτο γὰρ σημαίνει ἡ διὰ τῶν χειρῶν κροῦσις. Τρισσᾶς γὰρ ἡ τῶν σωτηρίων δογμάτων ἀλήθεια λαμβάνεται, ἐπιμελεῖ εὐχῇ, καὶ τοῦ ἡγεμονικοῦ ἐν τῷ ζητεῖν τὰ θεῖα καταστάσει, καὶ περὶ τοῦ εὑρεῖν συναισθήτως τῆς τῶν κεκρυμμένων Γραφῶν ἀσφαλείας τὸ βάθος, ἀκριβεῖ πολυπραγμοσύνῃ· οὕτω γὰρ ἀνοίγεσθαί φησι τὰς Γραφάς. Στιχ. θ΄. Τᾶς ἐξ ὑμῶν ἄνθρωπος, ὂν ἐὸν αἰτήσῃ δ υἱὸς αὐτοῦ ἄρτον, μὴ λίθον ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ; Στιχ. ι΄. Καὶ ἐὰν ἰχθὺν αἰτήσῃ, μὴ ὄφιν ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ; Ὅρα δὲ εἰ γνῶσις τροφὴ, ἧς ἄνω οὐκ ἔστι σώζεσθαι· οἷον ὁ περὶ τοῦ πῶς βρωτέον ἀκριβὴς λόγος. Ἰχθὺς δὲ καὶ οἷον ὄψον φιλομαθεῖ τὸ εἰδέναι σύστασιν κόσμου, ἐνέργειαν στοιχείων, ἀρχὴν καὶ τέλος καὶ μεσότητα, καὶ ὅσα ἐξῆς ἡ σοφία λέγει. Οὕτε ἀντὶ τοῦ ἄρτου λίθον δίδωσιν ὁ Θεὸς, ὂν ὁ διάβολος ἐσθίεσθαι ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἐβούλετο· οὕτε ἀντὶ ἰχθύος ὄφιν, ὂν ἐσθίουσιν οἱ ἀνάξιοι τοῦ ἰχθὺν ἐσθίειν Αἰθίοπες. Πῶς δὲ τοὺς μαθητὰς πονηροὺς ἐκάλεσεν;
English
...nēsis, which he was about to bestow upon us from the Spirit. Chapter 7. (5) Verse 5. Do not give the holy to the dogs, nor cast your pearls before the swine... Verse 6. Ask, and it shall be given to you; seek, and you shall find; knock, and it shall be opened to you. Lest the disciples be ignorant of who are dogs or swine among the hearers, he says, seek persistently from God, and all things are revealed to you. For the beginning of virtue is to know the good through prayer; then to know how one must travel the path of virtue; third, through works to knock so that the door may be opened to him. For this is what knocking with the hands signifies. For the truth of the saving doctrines is apprehended in three ways: by diligent prayer, by the state of the ruling principle in seeking divine things, and by the conscious discovery of the depth of the hidden Scriptures' security through precise investigation; for thus, he says, the Scriptures are opened. Verse 9. Is there a man among you who, if his son asks for bread, would give him a stone? Verse 10. And if he asks for a fish, would he give him a serpent? Observe whether knowledge is food, without which it is not possible to be saved; for example, the precise account of how one must eat. And the fish is like a relish for learning: to know the constitution of the cosmos, the activity of the elements, the beginning, end, and middle, and all that wisdom subsequently says. Neither does God give a stone instead of bread, which the devil wanted to be eaten by Jesus; nor a serpent instead of a fish, which those unworthy of eating fish, the Ethiopians, eat. But how did he call the disciples wicked?
tlg2042.tlg077:26 · narrativehigh
Source
Εἰ γὰρ καὶ ἠκολούθουν ἐκ προαιρέσεως, ἀλλʼ εἶχον τὸ τρεπτὸν τοῦ ἀνθρωπίνου. Μόνον δὲ ἄτρεπτος ἦν καὶ θεότητι καὶ ἀνθρωπότητι ὁ τοῦ Θεοῦ Υἱός. Δόματα δὲ ἀγαθὰ καλεῖ τὰς πνευματικὰς δωρεάς. Ὁ δὲ Λουκᾶς Πνεῦμα ἅγιον εἶπεν, ἀντὶ τοῦ εἰπεῖν ἀγαθά. Καὶ οὐδὲν τὸ διάφορον. Τὸ γὰρ ἅγιον Πνεῦμα αὐτό ἐστι τὸ φῶς ἀγαθόν· διὸ καὶ τοῖς μετόχοις αὐτοῦ δίδωσιν ἀγαθά. Τοῖς δὲ ἄγαν πονηροῖς, διὰ τὸ ἀνενδότως ἁμαρτάνειν τρόπον τινὰ φύσις αὐτοῖς ἡ κακία γίνεται· οἷός ἐστιν ὁ Σατανᾶς καὶ οἱ δαίμονες. Δύναται γάρ τις καὶ τούτους φύσει κακοὺς εἰπεῖν, καίπερ μὴ φύσει κακοὺς δημιουργηθέντας, ἀλλʼ ἐξ αὐτοπροαιρέτου κακίας ἀπεσκληκότας. (5) Στιχ. ε΄. Μὴ δῶτε τὸ ἄγιον τοῖς κυσὶ, μηδὲ βάλητε τοὺς μαργαρίτας ὑμῶν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν χοίρων... Στιχ. ς΄. Αἰτεῖτε, καὶ δοθήσεται ὑμῖν· ζητεῖτε, καὶ εὑρήσετε· κρούετε, καὶ ἀνοιγήσεται ὑμῖν. Ἵνα μὴ ἀγνοῶσιν οἱ μαθηταὶ, τίνες εἰσὶν κύνες, ἢ χοῖροι ἐν τοῖς ἀκροαταῖς, ἐπιμόνως ζητήσατε, φησὶν, ἐκ Θεοῦ, καὶ ἀποκαλύπτεται ὑμῖν πάντα. Ἀρχὴ μὲν γὰρ ἀρετῆς τὸ διʼ εὐχῆς γνῶναι τὸ ἀγαθόν· εἶτα τὸ εἰδέναι πῶς δεῖ ὁδεῦσαι τὴν ἀρετήν τρίτον τὸ διὰ τῶν ἔργων κρούειν ἀνοιγῆναι αὐτῷ τὴν θύραν. Τοῦτο γὰρ σημαίνει ἡ διὰ τῶν χειρῶν κροῦσις. Τρισσᾶς γὰρ ἡ τῶν σωτηρίων δογμάτων ἀλήθεια λαμβάνεται, ἐπιμελεῖ εὐχῇ, καὶ τοῦ ἡγεμονικοῦ ἐν τῷ ζητεῖν τὰ θεῖα καταστάσει, καὶ περὶ τοῦ εὑρεῖν συναισθήτως τῆς τῶν κεκρυμμένων Γραφῶν ἀσφαλείας τὸ βάθος, ἀκριβεῖ πολυπραγμοσύνῃ· οὕτω γὰρ ἀνοίγεσθαί φησι τὰς Γραφάς. Στιχ. θ΄. Τᾶς ἐξ ὑμῶν ἄνθρωπος, ὂν ἐὸν αἰτήσῃ δ υἱὸς αὐτοῦ ἄρτον, μὴ λίθον ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ;
English
For even if they followed by choice, they still had the mutability of human nature. Only the Son of God was immutable in both divinity and humanity. He calls good gifts the spiritual gifts. Luke said Holy Spirit instead of saying good. And there is no difference. For the Holy Spirit itself is the good light; therefore it gives good things to its participants. But to the exceedingly wicked, because they sin relentlessly, evil becomes in a way their nature; such is Satan and the demons. For one can call even these evil by nature, although they were not created evil by nature, but have become hardened from self-chosen wickedness. (5) Verse 5. Do not give the holy to the dogs, nor cast your pearls before the swine... Verse 6. Ask, and it shall be given to you; seek, and you shall find; knock, and it shall be opened to you. So that the disciples may not be ignorant of who are dogs or swine among the hearers, he says, seek persistently from God, and everything is revealed to you. For the beginning of virtue is to know the good through prayer; then to know how one must travel the path of virtue; third, through works to knock so that the door may be opened to him. For this is what knocking with the hands signifies. For the truth of the saving doctrines is grasped in three ways: by diligent prayer, by the state of the ruling principle in seeking divine things, and by the conscious perception of the depth of the hidden Scriptures' security through precise investigation; for thus, he says, the Scriptures are opened. Verse 9. What man among you, if his son asks him for bread, will give him a stone?
tlg2042.tlg077:27 · narrativehigh
Source
Στιχ. ι΄. Καὶ ἐὰν ἰχθὺν αἰτήσῃ, μὴ ὄφιν ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ; Ὅρα δὲ εἰ γνῶσις τροφὴ, ἧς ἄνω οὐκ ἔστι σώζεσθαι· οἷον ὁ περὶ τοῦ πῶς βρωτέον ἀκριβὴς λόγος. Ἰχθὺς δὲ καὶ οἷον ὄψον φιλομαθεῖ τὸ εἰδέναι σύστασιν κόσμου, ἐνέργειαν στοιχείων, ἀρχὴν καὶ τέλος καὶ μεσότητα, καὶ ὅσα ἐξῆς ἡ σοφία λέγει. Οὕτε ἀντὶ τοῦ ἄρτου λίθον δίδωσιν ὁ Θεὸς, ὂν ὁ διάβολος ἐσθίεσθαι ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἐβούλετο· οὕτε ἀντὶ ἰχθύος ὄφιν, ὂν ἐσθίουσιν οἱ ἀνάξιοι τοῦ ἰχθὺν ἐσθίειν Αἰθίοπες. Πῶς δὲ τοὺς μαθητὰς πονηροὺς ἐκάλεσεν; Εἰ γὰρ καὶ ἠκολούθουν ἐκ προαιρέσεως, ἀλλʼ εἶχον τὸ τρεπτὸν τοῦ ἀνθρωπίνου. Μόνον δὲ ἄτρεπτος ἦν καὶ θεότητι καὶ ἀνθρωπότητι ὁ τοῦ Θεοῦ Υἱός. Δόματα δὲ ἀγαθὰ καλεῖ τὰς πνευματικὰς δωρεάς. Ὁ δὲ Λουκᾶς Πνεῦμα ἅγιον εἶπεν, ἀντὶ τοῦ εἰπεῖν ἀγαθά. Καὶ οὐδὲν τὸ διάφορον. Τὸ γὰρ ἅγιον Πνεῦμα αὐτό ἐστι τὸ φῶς ἀγαθόν· διὸ καὶ τοῖς μετόχοις αὐτοῦ δίδωσιν ἀγαθά. Τοῖς δὲ ἄγαν πονηροῖς, διὰ τὸ ἀνενδότως ἁμαρτάνειν τρόπον τινὰ φύσις αὐτοῖς ἡ κακία γίνεται· οἷός ἐστιν ὁ Σατανᾶς καὶ οἱ δαίμονες. Δύναται γάρ τις καὶ τούτους φύσει κακοὺς εἰπεῖν, καίπερ μὴ φύσει κακοὺς δημιουργηθέντας, ἀλλʼ ἐξ αὐτοπροαιρέτου κακίας ἀπεσκληκότας. ΚΕΦ. Η΄.
English
Verse 10. If he asks for a fish, will he not give him a serpent? Observe then whether knowledge is food, without which it is not possible to be saved; for example, the precise account of how one must eat. Fish is also like a relish for the lover of learning to know the constitution of the world, the activity of the elements, the beginning and end and middle, and all that wisdom subsequently says. Neither does God give a stone instead of bread, which the devil wanted to be eaten by Jesus; nor a serpent instead of fish, which the unworthy of eating fish, the Ethiopians, eat. How then did he call the disciples evil? For even if they followed by choice, they still had the mutability of human nature. Only the Son of God was immutable in both divinity and humanity. He calls good gifts the spiritual gifts. Luke said Holy Spirit instead of saying good gifts. And there is no difference. For the Holy Spirit itself is the good light; therefore it gives good gifts to its participants. To the exceedingly evil, because they sin relentlessly, evil becomes in a way their nature; such is Satan and the demons. For one can call even these evil by nature, although they were not created evil by nature, but have become hardened through self-chosen wickedness. Chapter 8.
tlg2042.tlg077:28 · narrativemedium
Source
Στιχ. ια΄. Πολλοὶ ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν καὶ δυσμῶν ἥξουσι, ταὶ ἀνακλιθήσονται μετὰ Ἀβραὰμ καί Ἰσαὰκ καὶ Ἰακὼβ ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τῶν οὐρανῶν. Εἰ στενὴ καὶ τεθλιμμένη ἐστὶν ἡ ὁδὸς, καὶ ὀλίγοι οἱ εὑρίσκοντες αὐτὴν, διὰ ποίας οἱ πολλοὶ εἰσελεύσονται; περὶ γὰρ πλατείας καὶ εὐρυχώρου λέγει, ὅτι πολλοὶ εἰσελεύσονται διʼ αὐτῆς. Καί φαμ 2 Joan. I, 13. 3 Matth. VII, 14. (5) Ex cod. Venet. XXVII, pag. 23. ὅτι ὁ μὲν τοῦ Σωτῆρος λόγος εἴρηται, ἐπειδὴ ὀλίγοι ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ ἐσώζοντο· οὐ πολλοὶ γὰρ ἐπίστευσαν εἰς αὐτόν. Διὸ καὶ ἔλεγε· Μὴ φοβοῦ μικρόν ποίμωιον, ὅτι εὐδόκησεν ὁ Θεὸς ἐν σοί. Προφητικῶς δὲ ἐλέχθη τὸ, Πολλοὶ ἥξουσιν· ὡς περὶ τῶν μελλόντων πιστεύειν εἰς αὐτὸν ἀπὸ τῶν ἐθνῶν. Πολλοὶ, φησὶν, ὡς πρὸς τοὺς μετὰ τὴν παρουσίαν μὴ πστεύσαντας, οἱ ἀπὸ τῶν ἐθνῶν ἀνακλιθησόμενοι μετὰ Ἀβραὰμ καὶ τῶν ἐξ αὐτοῦ ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τῶν οὐρανῶν· καὶ τῷ ἀριθμῷ δὲ πολλαπλασίους οὗτοι τῶν ἀπὸ Ἰσραὴλ καὶ τὸν Ἰησοῦν Χριστὸν ὁμολογουμένων. Στιχ. ια΄. Πολλοὶ ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν καὶ δυσμῶν ἥξουσι, ταὶ ἀνακλιθήσονται μετὰ Ἀβραὰμ καί Ἰσαὰκ καὶ Ἰακὼβ ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τῶν οὐρανῶν. Εἰ στενὴ καὶ τεθλιμμένη ἐστὶν ἡ ὁδὸς, καὶ ὀλίγοι οἱ εὑρίσκοντες αὐτὴν, διὰ ποίας οἱ πολλοὶ εἰσελεύσονται; περὶ γὰρ πλατείας καὶ εὐρυχώρου λέγει, ὅτι πολλοὶ εἰσελεύσονται διʼ αὐτῆς. Καί φαμ 2 Joan. I, 13. 3 Matth. VII, 14. (5) Ex cod. Venet. XXVII, pag. 23.
English
Verse 11. Many from east and west will come, and they will recline with Abraham and Isaac and Jacob in the kingdom of heaven. If the way is narrow and straitened, and few find it, through which way will the many enter? For he speaks of a broad and spacious way, that many will enter through it. And I say that the word of the Saviour was spoken because few from Israel were being saved; for not many believed in him. Therefore he also said: Do not fear, little flock, because God has taken pleasure in you. But the saying, Many will come, was spoken prophetically, as concerning those from the nations who would believe in him. Many, he says, in comparison with those who did not believe after his coming, those from the nations who will recline with Abraham and his descendants in the kingdom of heaven; and in number these are many times more than those from Israel who confess Jesus Christ. Verse 11. Many from east and west will come, and they will recline with Abraham and Isaac and Jacob in the kingdom of heaven. If the way is narrow and straitened, and few find it, through which way will the many enter? For he speaks of a broad and spacious way, that many will enter through it.
tlg2042.tlg077:29 · narrativehigh
Source
ὅτι ὁ μὲν τοῦ Σωτῆρος λόγος εἴρηται, ἐπειδὴ ὀλίγοι ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ ἐσώζοντο· οὐ πολλοὶ γὰρ ἐπίστευσαν εἰς αὐτόν. Διὸ καὶ ἔλεγε· Μὴ φοβοῦ μικρόν ποίμωιον, ὅτι εὐδόκησεν ὁ Θεὸς ἐν σοί. Προφητικῶς δὲ ἐλέχθη τὸ, Πολλοὶ ἥξουσιν· ὡς περὶ τῶν μελλόντων πιστεύειν εἰς αὐτὸν ἀπὸ τῶν ἐθνῶν. Πολλοὶ, φησὶν, ὡς πρὸς τοὺς μετὰ τὴν παρουσίαν μὴ πστεύσαντας, οἱ ἀπὸ τῶν ἐθνῶν ἀνακλιθησόμενοι μετὰ Ἀβραὰμ καὶ τῶν ἐξ αὐτοῦ ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τῶν οὐρανῶν· καὶ τῷ ἀριθμῷ δὲ πολλαπλασίους οὗτοι τῶν ἀπὸ Ἰσραὴλ καὶ τὸν Ἰησοῦν Χριστὸν ὁμολογουμένων. ΚΕΦ. ΙΑ΄. Στιχ. ια΄. Ὁ δὲ μικρότερος ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τῶν οὐρανῶν μείζων αὐτοῦ ἐστιν. Στιχ. ιβ΄. Ἀπὸ δὲ τῶν ἡμερῶν Ἰωάννου τοῦ Βαπτιστοῦ ἕως ἄρτι ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν βιάζεται, καὶ βιασταὶ ἁρπάζουαιν αὐτήν. Φαμὲν τὸ μικρότερον περὶ αὐτοῦ λέγειν τοῦ Χρισποῦ· μικρότερον δὲ κατὰ τὴν δόκησιν τῶν ἀκουόντων. Τὸ δὲ, ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τῶν οὐρανῶν, δηλοῖ ἐν τοῖς πνευματικοῖς, καὶ ἐν τοῖς κατʼ οὐρανὸν ἅπασι καὶ θεῖκοῖς μείζονα ὑπάρχειν ἐκείνου τὸν Χριστόν. Οὕτως δὲ ἀναγνωσόμεθα, ὅτι, Μικρότερος· εἶτα, μικρὸν διαλιπόντες, ἐποίσομεν τὸ, Ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τῶν οὐρανῶν μείζων αὐτοῦ ἐστιν. Ἡ δὲ βασιλεία α. ν οὐρανῶν αὐτός ἐστιν ὁ Χριστὸς, προτρεπόμενος πάντας εἰς μετάνοιαν, καὶ ἕλκων εἰς ἑαυτὸν διὰ τῆς χάριτος. Στιχ. ια΄. Ὁ δὲ μικρότερος ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τῶν οὐρανῶν μείζων αὐτοῦ ἐστιν. Στιχ. ιβ΄. Ἀπὸ δὲ τῶν ἡμερῶν Ἰωάννου τοῦ Βαπτιστοῦ ἕως ἄρτι ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν βιάζεται, καὶ βιασταὶ ἁρπάζουαιν αὐτήν. Φαμὲν τὸ μικρότερον περὶ αὐτοῦ λέγειν τοῦ Χρισποῦ·
English
That the word of the Savior was spoken because few from Israel were being saved; for not many believed in him. Therefore he also said: Do not fear the small flock, because God has taken pleasure in you. But the saying, "Many will come," was spoken prophetically, as concerning those from the nations who would believe in him in the future. "Many," he says, in comparison with those who did not believe after the coming, those from the nations who will recline with Abraham and his descendants in the kingdom of heaven; and these are many times more in number than those from Israel who confess Jesus Christ. Chapter 11. Verse 11. But the lesser one in the kingdom of heaven is greater than he. Verse 12. From the days of John the Baptist until now the kingdom of heaven is forced, and violent men seize it. We say that "the lesser" is spoken concerning Christ himself; lesser, however, according to the opinion of the hearers. And the phrase "in the kingdom of heaven" indicates that among spiritual things, and among all heavenly and divine things, Christ is greater than that one. Thus we will read: "Lesser"; then, after a short pause, we will add: "In the kingdom of heaven he is greater than he." And the kingdom of heaven is Christ himself, urging all to repentance and drawing them to himself through grace. Verse 11. But the lesser one in the kingdom of heaven is greater than he. Verse 12. From the days of John the Baptist until now the kingdom of heaven is forced, and violent men seize it. We say that "the lesser" is spoken concerning Christ himself.
tlg2042.tlg077:30 · narrativehigh
Source
μικρότερον δὲ κατὰ τὴν δόκησιν τῶν ἀκουόντων. Τὸ δὲ, ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τῶν οὐρανῶν, δηλοῖ ἐν τοῖς πνευματικοῖς, καὶ ἐν τοῖς κατʼ οὐρανὸν ἅπασι καὶ θεῖκοῖς μείζονα ὑπάρχειν ἐκείνου τὸν Χριστόν. Οὕτως δὲ ἀναγνωσόμεθα, ὅτι, Μικρότερος· εἶτα, μικρὸν διαλιπόντες, ἐποίσομεν τὸ, Ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τῶν οὐρανῶν μείζων αὐτοῦ ἐστιν. Ἡ δὲ βασιλεία α. ν οὐρανῶν αὐτός ἐστιν ὁ Χριστὸς, προτρεπόμενος πάντας εἰς μετάνοιαν, καὶ ἕλκων εἰς ἑαυτὸν διὰ τῆς χάριτος. ΚΕΦ. ΙΒ΄. Στιχ. ιδ΄. Οἱ δὲ Φαρισαῖοι συμβού λιον ἕλαβον κατʼ αὐτοῦ ἐξαλθόντες, ὅπως αὐτόν ἀπολέσωσιν. Ὅσῳ τις ἐγγίζει τῷ Ἰησοῦ, συμβούλιον οὐ λαμβάνει. Οὐ γὰρ ἐγγίζει τῷ Ἰησοῦ ἡ συμβουλὴ τῶν κακῶν. Ὅτε δέ τις τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἔρχεται ἔξω, συμβούλιον λαμβάνει τοῦ ἀπολέσαι τὸ φῶς, τὴν ὁδὸν τὴν ἀγαθὴν, τὴν ζωὴν, τὸν θησαυρὸν, τὸν μαρτυρήσαντα τὴν ἀγάπην, τὴν εἰρήνην. Τοῦτον ἄν τις ἀπολέσῃ, υἱὸς ἀπωλείας καλεῖται. Στιχ. ιε΄. Ὁ δέ Ἰησοῦς, γνοὺς ἀπεχώρησεν. Οὐκ ἔδει γὰρ αὐτὸν μένειν μετὰ τῶν υἱῶν τῆς ἀπωλείας. Ἐκεῖνοι ἀπώλεσαν, ἡμεῖς, μὴ ζητήσαντες, εὕρομεν. Εὑρέθην γὰρ, φησὶ, τοῖς ἐμέ μὴ ζητοῦσιν· ἐμφανὴς ἐγενόμην τοῖς ἐμέ μὴ ἐπερωτῶσιν. Αὐτὸς γὰρ ἦλθεν ἐπὶ τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἀπολωλότα αὐτοὶ δὲ ἐπελάθοντο τοῦ ἰδίου ποιμένος. Ἀναχωρεῖ, οὐ δεδιὼς τὴν ἐπιβουλὴν, ἀλλὰ τὴν κακίαν σναστέλλων· καὶ ἵνα μή τις οἰηθῇ διὰ δειλίαν αὐτὸν ἀποκεχωρηκέναι, πάντας οὖν ἐθεράπευσε, τὴν παναλκῆ αὐτοῦ ἐνδεικνύμενος δύναμιν. Πλὴν ὑποστέλλει μὴ δημοσιεύεσθαι, ὡς ἐπιεικὴς καὶ ἀκενόδοξος. Στιχ. ιδ΄. Οἱ δὲ Φαρισαῖοι συμβού λιον ἕλαβον κατʼ αὐτοῦ ἐξαλθόντες, ὅπως αὐτόν ἀπολέσωσιν.
English
smaller in the estimation of the hearers. And the phrase "in the kingdom of the heavens" indicates that among spiritual things, and among all things in heaven and divine things, Christ is greater than that one. Thus we will read it: "Smaller"; then, after a brief pause, we will add: "In the kingdom of the heavens he is greater than him." But the kingdom of the heavens is Christ himself, exhorting all to repentance and drawing them to himself through grace. CHAPTER 12. Verse 14. And the Pharisees took counsel against him, having gone out, so that they might destroy him. To the extent that one approaches Jesus, he does not take counsel. For the counsel of evil does not approach Jesus. But when one goes outside of Jesus, he takes counsel to destroy the light, the good way, the life, the treasure, the one who witnessed love, peace. If anyone destroys this one, he is called a son of destruction. Verse 15. And Jesus, having learned, withdrew. For it was not necessary for him to remain with the sons of destruction. Those ones destroyed; we, not having sought, found. For "I was found," he says, "by those not seeking me; I became manifest to those not questioning me." For he himself came to the lost sheep, but they forgot their own shepherd. He withdraws, not fearing the plot, but restraining the wickedness; and so that no one might think that he withdrew out of cowardice, he healed all, displaying his all-powerful might. Yet he refrains from being publicized, as one who is gentle and without vainglory. Verse 14. And the Pharisees took counsel against him, having gone out, so that they might destroy him.
tlg2042.tlg077:31 · narrativemedium
Source
Ὅσῳ τις ἐγγίζει τῷ Ἰησοῦ, συμβούλιον οὐ λαμβάνει. Οὐ γὰρ ἐγγίζει τῷ Ἰησοῦ ἡ συμβουλὴ τῶν κακῶν. Ὅτε δέ τις τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἔρχεται ἔξω, συμβούλιον λαμβάνει τοῦ ἀπολέσαι τὸ φῶς, τὴν ὁδὸν τὴν ἀγαθὴν, τὴν ζωὴν, τὸν θησαυρὸν, τὸν μαρτυρήσαντα τὴν ἀγάπην, τὴν εἰρήνην. Τοῦτον ἄν τις ἀπολέσῃ, υἱὸς ἀπωλείας καλεῖται. Στιχ. ιε΄. Ὁ δέ Ἰησοῦς, γνοὺς ἀπεχώρησεν. Οὐκ ἔδει γὰρ αὐτὸν μένειν μετὰ τῶν υἱῶν τῆς ἀπωλείας. Ἐκεῖνοι ἀπώλεσαν, ἡμεῖς, μὴ ζητήσαντες, εὕρομεν. Εὑρέθην γὰρ, φησὶ, τοῖς ἐμέ μὴ ζητοῦσιν· ἐμφανὴς ἐγενόμην τοῖς ἐμέ μὴ ἐπερωτῶσιν. Αὐτὸς γὰρ ἦλθεν ἐπὶ τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἀπολωλότα αὐτοὶ δὲ ἐπελάθοντο τοῦ ἰδίου ποιμένος. Ἀναχωρεῖ, οὐ δεδιὼς τὴν ἐπιβουλὴν, ἀλλὰ τὴν κακίαν σναστέλλων· καὶ ἵνα μή τις οἰηθῇ διὰ δειλίαν αὐτὸν ἀποκεχωρηκέναι, πάντας οὖν ἐθεράπευσε, τὴν παναλκῆ αὐτοῦ ἐνδεικνύμενος δύναμιν. Πλὴν ὑποστέλλει μὴ δημοσιεύεσθαι, ὡς ἐπιεικὴς καὶ ἀκενόδοξος. ΚΕΦ. ΙΓ΄. (6) Στιχ. μδ΄. Ὁμοία ἐστὶν ὁ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν θησαυρῳ, κ. τ. λ. Καθʼ ἑτέραν δὲ ἐκδοχὴν εἴη δʼ ἂν, ἀγρὸς μὲν ἡ 3 Lnc. XII, 32. ⁴ Joan. XVII, 12. ⁵ Rom. x, 20. 6 6 Matth. XV, 24. (6) æc quæ huc pertinemnt, occurrunt in cod. aXvI, inter expositiones in Lucam, p. 33 seqq. Ego versus ascripsi.
English
The closer one approaches Jesus, the less one takes counsel. For the counsel of evil ones does not approach Jesus. But when someone goes outside of Jesus, he takes counsel to destroy the light, the good way, the life, the treasure, the one who witnessed love, the peace. If someone destroys this, he is called a son of destruction. Verse 15. But Jesus, knowing, withdrew. For it was not necessary for him to remain with the sons of destruction. Those ones destroyed; we, not seeking, found. For I was found, he says, by those not seeking me; I became visible to those not questioning me. For he himself came to the lost sheep, but they forgot their own shepherd. He withdraws, not fearing the plot, but restraining the evil, and so that no one might think he withdrew out of cowardice, he healed everyone, displaying his all-powerful might. Yet he restrains himself from being publicized, as one who is gentle and without vainglory. Chapter 13. (6) Verse 44. The kingdom of the heavens is like a treasure, etc. According to another interpretation, it would be that the field is the
tlg2042.tlg077:32 · narrativemedium
Source
Γραφὴ, πολλοῖς καταπεφυτευμένη ῥητοῖς νομικοῖς τε καὶ γραφικοῖς, καὶ ἱστορικοῖς· θησαυρὸς δὲ τὰ τούτοις ποικίλα ἐνόντα φανερά τε καὶ κεκρυμμένα νοήματα· καὶ Χριστὸς ὁ τίμιος τῆς Γραφῆς θησαυρός. Ἢ ἀγρὸς ὁ Χριστὸς, ἐν ᾧ Παῦλος λέγει ἐγκεκρύφθαι τοὺς ἀποκρύφους θησαυροὺς τῆς σοφίας καὶ τῆς γνώσεως τοῦ Θεοῦ. Τὰ οὐράνια τοίνυν πράγματα, καὶ ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν ὥσπερ ἐν εἰκόνι γέγραπται ταῖς Γραφαῖς, αἵτινές εἰσι βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν· ἡ δέ ἐστιν αὐτὸς ὁ Χριστὸς, οὗ ἡ γνῶσις κατὰ δύναμιν ἐν ἡμῖν ἐστιν· εὑρίσκεται δὲ διὰ τῆς πίστεως, καὶ ἀγοράζεται διὰ τῶν ἀρετῶν. Εὑρων οὖν τις τὸν ἐν. ταῖς Γραφαῖς θησαυρὸν τοῦτον, κρύπτει, μὴ, ἀκίνδυνον εἰδὼς τῶν ἀποῤῥήτων τοῖς τυχοῦσι μεταδιδόναι. Ἄπεισι δὲ κρύψας, ἀγοράσων τὸν ἀγρὸν ὁπόσου ἂν βούλοιτο· ὃν Ἑβραῖοι πρὶν ἐπιστεύθησαν, παῤ ὧν τοῦτον λαβὼν ὅστις κατʼ ἄλλην παραβολὴν ἀμπελών ἐστιν, ἴδιον πτῆμα τοῦτον ποιεῖ, πάντα πεπρακὼς αὐτοῦ τὰ ὑπάρχοντα· κακία δὲ ταῦτʼ ἦν, τῷ μηκέτι ζῆν τούτοις, νεκρωθῆναι δὲ τῷ κόσμῳ παντὶ καὶ θελήμασι τοῦ αὐτοῦ. (7) Οἵ γε μὴν περὶ μαργαριτῶν γράψαντες, φασὶν ἕξ εἶναι τὰς τούτων διαφορὰς, ὧν κρείττους οἱ κατʼ Ἰνδίαν ἐν κόγχαις γενόμενοι ἐκ δρόσου τῆς οὐρανίας. Οἱ ἥττους γοῦν μαργαρῖταί εἰσιν αἱ τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν, καὶ τῆς ἄλλης Γραφῆς ζητήσεις, ἃ ὁ ἐμπόνως ζητῶν, ἐμπορίας ἀποδιδόμενος, τὸν κρείττω τούτων ἀπάντων μαργαρίτην Χριστὸν ζητεῖ, πάντα ταῦτα καὶ παρόντα καλὰ ζημίας ἡγούμενος καὶ σκύβαλα πρὸς τὴν γνῶσιν τοῦ Χριστοῦ.
English
Scripture is planted with many legal, scriptural, and historical sayings; but the treasure is the varied meanings within them, both manifest and hidden, and Christ is the precious treasure of Scripture. Or the field is Christ, in which Paul says the hidden treasures of the wisdom and knowledge of God are concealed. The heavenly things, then, and the kingdom of heaven are written as in an image in the Scriptures, which are the kingdom of heaven; and this is Christ himself, whose knowledge is in us according to our capacity, and is found through faith, and purchased through the virtues. So one who finds this treasure in the Scriptures hides it, knowing that it is not safe to impart secrets to just anyone. And he goes away after hiding it, to buy the field for whatever price he wishes; which the Hebrews, before they were entrusted, from whom he took it—which according to another parable is a vineyard—makes his own possession, having sold all his belongings; and these were vice, so that he no longer lives by them, but is dead to the whole world and its desires. (7) Those who have written about pearls say there are six differences among them, of which the better are those produced in India in shells from the heavenly dew. The lesser pearls, then, are the inquiries of the law, the prophets, and the rest of Scripture, which one who seeks diligently, engaging in trade, seeks the pearl Christ, better than all these, considering all these present goods as loss and rubbish compared to the knowledge of Christ.
tlg2042.tlg077:33 · narrativehigh
Source
(8) Ἔτι σαγήνη ἐστὶν ἡ ἐκ τῶν παλαιῶν τῆς Γραφῆς λόγων πλοκὴ, ἢν ἀτελῆ δοκοῦσαν ὁ Χριστὸς ἐλθὼν τετελείωκεν. Αὕτη. εἰς τὴν τοῦδε τοῦ βίου ἐμβαλλομένη θάλασσαν, οὐ φύσεων συνάγει διαφόρων, ἀλλὰ γνωμῶν αὐτεξουσίων καὶ προαιρέσεων· ὡς εἶναι τὸ ἐκ παντὸς γένους συναγόμενον, ἐπαινετοὺς καὶ ψεκτοὺς ἐν ταῖς πρὸς τὰ εἴδη τῶν ἀρετῶν, ἢ τῶν κακιῶν ἐπιῤῥεπείαις. Δύναται δὲ ποὸς τούτοις τὸ ἐκ παντὸς γένους συναγόμενον δηλοῦν τὴν ἀπὸ παντὸς γένους κλῆσιν. Οὐκ ἂν δὲ τὴν σαγήνην ἑλκύσωσιν ἐπὶ τὸν αἰγιαλὸν, ἤτοι τὰ ἔξω τοῦδε τοῦ βίον πράγματα, οἱ ἄγγελοι, μὴ πληρωθεῖσαν τῷ πληρώματι τῶν ἐθνῶν· πλησθεῖσαν δὲ ἀναβιβάζουσι, καὶ ἕκαστον τῶν ὑπὸ τὴν σαγήνην καλῶν, εἰς τὸ οἰκεῖον τάγμα ἀποκαταστήσονται κατὰ τὰ ὀνομαζόμενα ἐνταῦθα αὐτῶν ἀγγεῖα, τὰ δὲ σαπρὰ ἔξω βαλοῦσι. Τὸ δὲ ἔξω ἡ κάμινός ἐστι τοῦ πυρὸς, καθώς φησιν ὁ Σωτὴρ ἐν τοῖς ἐξῆς· οἱ μὲν γὰρ φαῦλοι τῶν ἰχθύων ἔξω ῥιπτοῦνται, οἱ δὲ τῶν ἀνθρώπων εἰς τὴν κάμινον τοῦ πυρός (9);
English
(8) Again, the net is the interweaving of the ancient words of Scripture, which, seeming incomplete, Christ came and perfected. This net, cast into the sea of this life, gathers not natures of different kinds, but self-determined opinions and choices; so that what is gathered from every kind includes both the praiseworthy and the blameworthy in their inclinations toward the forms of virtues or vices. In addition to these, what is gathered from every kind can signify the calling from every kind. The angels would not draw the net onto the shore, that is, the things outside this life, unless it were filled with the fullness of the nations; but when filled, they bring it up, and each of the good things under the net will be restored to its proper order according to the vessels named here, while they will cast the rotten ones outside. The outside is the furnace of fire, as the Savior says in the following passages; for the worthless fish are thrown outside, but worthless men are thrown into the furnace of fire (9).
tlg2042.tlg077:34 · narrativehigh
Source
Στ. μζ΄. Πάλιν· Ὁμοία ἐστὶν ὁ βασιλεία τῶν οὐχανῶν σαγήνῃ βληθείσῃ εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν. (10) Σαγήνης πλοκὴ νοητὴ ἡ ἐκ ποικίλων νοημα των παλαιὰ καὶ καινὴ Γραφή· Θάλασσα, ὁ κυματούμενος τῶν ἀνθρώπων βίος. Τὸ πᾶν γένος τὸ ποικίλον (9) Hactenus cod. XXVII:. (10) Cont. Rue, tom. III, 455 E, et v superiorew. τῶν ἐν ἀνθρώποις προαιρέσεων, ἡ παντοίων ἐθνῶν κλῆσις. Ἐργάται σαγήνης, ὁ Κύριος καὶ οἱ προσελθόντες ἄγγελοι διακονεῖν αὐτῷ. Ἀγγεῖα αἱ διάφοροι μοναί. Οὐκ ἀνάγεται δὲ ἡ σαγήνη, ἕως οὗ τὸ πλήρωμα τῶν ἐθνῶν εἰσέλθῃ. Ἤ οὕτως· Σαγήνη ἐστὶν ἡ ἀποστολικὴ διδασκαλία, ἡ ἀδιακρίτως συλλαμβανομένη Ἰουδαίους καὶ Ἕλληνας, βαρβάρους, Σκύθας, δούλους, ἐλευθέρους, πονηροὺς καὶ ἀγαθούς. Θάλασσα, ὁ τῶν ἀνθρώπων βίος. Αἰγιαλὸς, τὸ τέρμα τούτου. Ἐν δὲ τῇ συντελείᾳ, ὅτε ἀνασπᾶται ἡ σαγήνη, ἀφορίζονται ἀπὸ τῶν φαύλων οἱ ἀγαθοὶ, οἱ μὲν τιμώμενοι, οἱ δὲ κολαζόμενοι. Οὐ γὰρ πάντων τῶν πιστῶν ὅμοιος ὁ τρόπος. Ἵνα δὲ μὴ νομίσῃ τις, ὅτι ἔξω μόνον βάλλονται οἱ ἄπιστοι καὶ πονηροὶ, ἐσήμανεν, ὅτι εἰς διηνεκῆ κόλασιν παραπέμπονται· Καὶ βαλοῦσιν αὐτοὺς εἰς τὴν κάμινον τοῦ πυρός, καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς. (6) Στιχ. μδ΄. Ὁμοία ἐστὶν ὁ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν θησαυρῳ, κ. τ. λ. Καθʼ ἑτέραν δὲ ἐκδοχὴν εἴη δʼ ἂν, ἀγρὸς μὲν ἡ 3 Lnc. XII, 32. ⁴ Joan. XVII, 12. ⁵ Rom. x, 20. 6 6 Matth. XV, 24. (6) æc quæ huc pertinemnt, occurrunt in cod. aXvI, inter expositiones in Lucam, p. 33 seqq. Ego versus ascripsi.
English
Again: “The kingdom of heaven is like a net cast into the sea.” (10) The net is a conceptual interweaving of diverse meanings, the Old and New Scripture; the sea is the billowing life of men. The whole varied race of human choices, the calling of all kinds of nations. The workers of the net are the Lord and the angels who came to serve him. The vessels are the different abodes. The net is not drawn up until the fullness of the nations enters. Or thus: The net is the apostolic teaching, which indiscriminately catches Jews and Greeks, barbarians, Scythians, slaves, free, wicked and good. The sea is the life of men. The shore is its end. At the consummation, when the net is drawn up, the good are separated from the base, some being honored, others punished. For not all the faithful have the same manner. And lest anyone think that only the unbelieving and wicked are cast out, it signifies that they are consigned to perpetual punishment: “And they will cast them into the furnace of fire,” and so forth. (6) Verse 44: “The kingdom of heaven is like a treasure,” etc. According to another interpretation, it might be that the field is
tlg2042.tlg077:35 · narrativemedium
Source
Γραφὴ, πολλοῖς καταπεφυτευμένη ῥητοῖς νομικοῖς τε καὶ γραφικοῖς, καὶ ἱστορικοῖς· θησαυρὸς δὲ τὰ τούτοις ποικίλα ἐνόντα φανερά τε καὶ κεκρυμμένα νοήματα· καὶ Χριστὸς ὁ τίμιος τῆς Γραφῆς θησαυρός. Ἢ ἀγρὸς ὁ Χριστὸς, ἐν ᾧ Παῦλος λέγει ἐγκεκρύφθαι τοὺς ἀποκρύφους θησαυροὺς τῆς σοφίας καὶ τῆς γνώσεως τοῦ Θεοῦ. Τὰ οὐράνια τοίνυν πράγματα, καὶ ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν ὥσπερ ἐν εἰκόνι γέγραπται ταῖς Γραφαῖς, αἵτινές εἰσι βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν· ἡ δέ ἐστιν αὐτὸς ὁ Χριστὸς, οὗ ἡ γνῶσις κατὰ δύναμιν ἐν ἡμῖν ἐστιν· εὑρίσκεται δὲ διὰ τῆς πίστεως, καὶ ἀγοράζεται διὰ τῶν ἀρετῶν. Εὑρων οὖν τις τὸν ἐν. ταῖς Γραφαῖς θησαυρὸν τοῦτον, κρύπτει, μὴ, ἀκίνδυνον εἰδὼς τῶν ἀποῤῥήτων τοῖς τυχοῦσι μεταδιδόναι. Ἄπεισι δὲ κρύψας, ἀγοράσων τὸν ἀγρὸν ὁπόσου ἂν βούλοιτο· ὃν Ἑβραῖοι πρὶν ἐπιστεύθησαν, παῤ ὧν τοῦτον λαβὼν ὅστις κατʼ ἄλλην παραβολὴν ἀμπελών ἐστιν, ἴδιον πτῆμα τοῦτον ποιεῖ, πάντα πεπρακὼς αὐτοῦ τὰ ὑπάρχοντα· κακία δὲ ταῦτʼ ἦν, τῷ μηκέτι ζῆν τούτοις, νεκρωθῆναι δὲ τῷ κόσμῳ παντὶ καὶ θελήμασι τοῦ αὐτοῦ. (7) Οἵ γε μὴν περὶ μαργαριτῶν γράψαντες, φασὶν ἕξ εἶναι τὰς τούτων διαφορὰς, ὧν κρείττους οἱ κατʼ Ἰνδίαν ἐν κόγχαις γενόμενοι ἐκ δρόσου τῆς οὐρανίας. Οἱ ἥττους γοῦν μαργαρῖταί εἰσιν αἱ τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν, καὶ τῆς ἄλλης Γραφῆς ζητήσεις, ἃ ὁ ἐμπόνως ζητῶν, ἐμπορίας ἀποδιδόμενος, τὸν κρείττω τούτων ἀπάντων μαργαρίτην Χριστὸν ζητεῖ, πάντα ταῦτα καὶ παρόντα καλὰ ζημίας ἡγούμενος καὶ σκύβαλα πρὸς τὴν γνῶσιν τοῦ Χριστοῦ.
English
Scripture, planted with many legal, scriptural, and historical sayings; a treasure is the varied meanings, both manifest and hidden, that are present in these; and Christ is the precious treasure of Scripture. Or the field is Christ, in which Paul says the hidden treasures of the wisdom and knowledge of God are concealed. The heavenly things, then, and the kingdom of heaven are as if depicted in an image in the Scriptures, which are the kingdom of heaven; and this is Christ himself, whose knowledge is in us according to our capacity; it is found through faith, and purchased through the virtues. So someone who finds this treasure in the Scriptures hides it, knowing that it is not without risk to impart the secrets to just anyone. And he goes away after hiding it, to buy the field for whatever price he wishes; which field the Hebrews, before they were entrusted, from whom he received it—which, according to another parable, is a vineyard—he makes his own property, having sold all his possessions; and these were vice, so that he no longer lives by them, but is dead to the whole world and to its desires. Those who have written about pearls say that there are six differences among them, of which the better ones are those produced in India in shells from the heavenly dew. The lesser pearls, then, are the inquiries of the law, the prophets, and the rest of Scripture, which the one who seeks diligently, engaging in trade, seeks the pearl that is better than all these, Christ, considering all these present goods as loss and as dung in comparison to the knowledge of Christ.
tlg2042.tlg077:36 · narrativehigh
Source
(8) Ἔτι σαγήνη ἐστὶν ἡ ἐκ τῶν παλαιῶν τῆς Γραφῆς λόγων πλοκὴ, ἢν ἀτελῆ δοκοῦσαν ὁ Χριστὸς ἐλθὼν τετελείωκεν. Αὕτη. εἰς τὴν τοῦδε τοῦ βίου ἐμβαλλομένη θάλασσαν, οὐ φύσεων συνάγει διαφόρων, ἀλλὰ γνωμῶν αὐτεξουσίων καὶ προαιρέσεων· ὡς εἶναι τὸ ἐκ παντὸς γένους συναγόμενον, ἐπαινετοὺς καὶ ψεκτοὺς ἐν ταῖς πρὸς τὰ εἴδη τῶν ἀρετῶν, ἢ τῶν κακιῶν ἐπιῤῥεπείαις. Δύναται δὲ ποὸς τούτοις τὸ ἐκ παντὸς γένους συναγόμενον δηλοῦν τὴν ἀπὸ παντὸς γένους κλῆσιν. Οὐκ ἂν δὲ τὴν σαγήνην ἑλκύσωσιν ἐπὶ τὸν αἰγιαλὸν, ἤτοι τὰ ἔξω τοῦδε τοῦ βίον πράγματα, οἱ ἄγγελοι, μὴ πληρωθεῖσαν τῷ πληρώματι τῶν ἐθνῶν· πλησθεῖσαν δὲ ἀναβιβάζουσι, καὶ ἕκαστον τῶν ὑπὸ τὴν σαγήνην καλῶν, εἰς τὸ οἰκεῖον τάγμα ἀποκαταστήσονται κατὰ τὰ ὀνομαζόμενα ἐνταῦθα αὐτῶν ἀγγεῖα, τὰ δὲ σαπρὰ ἔξω βαλοῦσι. Τὸ δὲ ἔξω ἡ κάμινός ἐστι τοῦ πυρὸς, καθώς φησιν ὁ Σωτὴρ ἐν τοῖς ἐξῆς· οἱ μὲν γὰρ φαῦλοι τῶν ἰχθύων ἔξω ῥιπτοῦνται, οἱ δὲ τῶν ἀνθρώπων εἰς τὴν κάμινον τοῦ πυρός (9); Στ. μζ΄. Πάλιν· Ὁμοία ἐστὶν ὁ βασιλεία τῶν οὐχανῶν σαγήνῃ βληθείσῃ εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν. (10) Σαγήνης πλοκὴ νοητὴ ἡ ἐκ ποικίλων νοημα των παλαιὰ καὶ καινὴ Γραφή· Θάλασσα, ὁ κυματούμενος τῶν ἀνθρώπων βίος. Τὸ πᾶν γένος τὸ ποικίλον (9) Hactenus cod. XXVII:. (10) Cont. Rue, tom. III, 455 E, et v superiorew.
English
(8) Again, the net is the interweaving of the ancient words of Scripture, which, seeming incomplete, Christ came and perfected. This net, cast into the sea of this life, gathers not different natures, but self-determined opinions and choices; so that what is gathered from every kind includes both the praiseworthy and the blameworthy in their inclinations toward the forms of virtues or vices. In addition to these, what is gathered from every kind can signify the calling from every kind. The angels would not draw the net onto the shore, that is, the things outside this life, unless it were filled with the fullness of the nations; but when it is filled, they bring it up, and each of the good things under the net will be restored to its proper rank according to the vessels named here, and they will cast out the rotten things outside. And the outside is the furnace of fire, as the Savior says in what follows: for the worthless fish are thrown outside, but worthless men are thrown into the furnace of fire. (9) Section 47. Again: The kingdom of the heavens is like a net cast into the sea. (10) The intelligible interweaving of the net is the Old and New Scripture, composed of varied thoughts. The sea is the billowing life of men. The whole kind is the varied kind.
tlg2042.tlg077:37 · narrativehigh
Source
τῶν ἐν ἀνθρώποις προαιρέσεων, ἡ παντοίων ἐθνῶν κλῆσις. Ἐργάται σαγήνης, ὁ Κύριος καὶ οἱ προσελθόντες ἄγγελοι διακονεῖν αὐτῷ. Ἀγγεῖα αἱ διάφοροι μοναί. Οὐκ ἀνάγεται δὲ ἡ σαγήνη, ἕως οὗ τὸ πλήρωμα τῶν ἐθνῶν εἰσέλθῃ. Ἤ οὕτως· Σαγήνη ἐστὶν ἡ ἀποστολικὴ διδασκαλία, ἡ ἀδιακρίτως συλλαμβανομένη Ἰουδαίους καὶ Ἕλληνας, βαρβάρους, Σκύθας, δούλους, ἐλευθέρους, πονηροὺς καὶ ἀγαθούς. Θάλασσα, ὁ τῶν ἀνθρώπων βίος. Αἰγιαλὸς, τὸ τέρμα τούτου. Ἐν δὲ τῇ συντελείᾳ, ὅτε ἀνασπᾶται ἡ σαγήνη, ἀφορίζονται ἀπὸ τῶν φαύλων οἱ ἀγαθοὶ, οἱ μὲν τιμώμενοι, οἱ δὲ κολαζόμενοι. Οὐ γὰρ πάντων τῶν πιστῶν ὅμοιος ὁ τρόπος. Ἵνα δὲ μὴ νομίσῃ τις, ὅτι ἔξω μόνον βάλλονται οἱ ἄπιστοι καὶ πονηροὶ, ἐσήμανεν, ὅτι εἰς διηνεκῆ κόλασιν παραπέμπονται· Καὶ βαλοῦσιν αὐτοὺς εἰς τὴν κάμινον τοῦ πυρός, καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς. ΚΕΦ. ΙΗ΄. Στίχ. ε΄. Καὶ ὃς ἐὰν δέξηται παιδίον τοιοῦτον ἓν ἑπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου, ἐμὲ δέχεται. Παραινεῖ δέχεσθαι τοὺς πιστοὺς ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ ἒν παιδίον τοιοῦτον, ἢ ἔν τοιούτων (10 ) τῶν πνευματικῶν καὶ μεμορφωμένων τὸν Χριστὸν, κατὰ τὸ ταπεινῶσαι τὸ ἑαυτοῦ πνεῦμα. Κατὰ δὲ τὸν Λουκᾶν, τὸ δεικνύμενον ὑπὸ τοῦ Σωτῆρος παιδίον δέχεσθαι δεῖ ἐν τῷ ὀνόματιαὐτοῦ, ἵνα ἐν αὐτῷ δέξηται τὸν Χριστὸν ὄντα καὶ ἐν τῷ Πνεύματι. Ἤ ἕν τοιοῦτον, ἐπεὶ ἕν εἰσι πάντες οἱ πνευματικοί. Προτρέπει δὲ ὁ λόγος καὶ τὸ δέχεσθαι τῶν ἁπλῶν καὶ πραέων τῇ καρδίᾳ ἐν τῷ λόγῳ Χριστοῦ.
English
of the self-determined choices among humans, the calling of all kinds of nations. The workers of the net are the Lord and the angels who came to serve him. The vessels are the various abodes. The net is not drawn up until the fullness of the nations enters. Or thus: The net is the apostolic teaching, which indiscriminately catches Jews and Greeks, barbarians, Scythians, slaves, free men, wicked and good. The sea is the life of men. The shore is the end of this life. And at the consummation, when the net is drawn up, the good are separated from the base, some being honored, others punished. For the manner of all the faithful is not the same. And so that no one might think that the unbelieving and wicked are only cast out, it indicated that they are consigned to eternal punishment: "And they shall cast them into the furnace of fire," and so forth. Chapter 18. Verse 5. "And whoever receives such a child in my name receives me." He exhorts to receive the faithful in his name, such a child, or one of such (10) spiritual ones who are formed in Christ, according to the humbling of one's own spirit. And according to Luke, the child shown by the Savior must be received in his name, so that in him one may receive Christ, who is also in the Spirit. Or "such a one," since all the spiritual are one. The word also urges receiving the simple and gentle in heart in the word of Christ.
tlg2042.tlg077:38 · narrativehigh
Source
Ἀνακόπτων τὸ φιλόνικον τῶν μαθητῶν (ἐπειδὴ ὅτε οἱ διδάσκαλοι μάχονται, σχίσματα γίνονται πολλῶν σκανδαλιζομένων, βουλομένων τῶν σκανδαλιζομένων ἐπισπᾶσθαι εἰς αὑτοὺς τοὺς ἀκροατὰς), προλέγει τὴν μετʼ αὐτῶν τιμωρίαν. Τοῦτο δὲ ἐπιτεταγμένως ἐλέχθη. Τουτέστιν κἂν εὐτελῆ ἄνθρωπον τῶν πιστῶν σκανδαλίσητε, βαρεῖα ἔσται καθʼ ὑμῶν ἡ τιμωρία. Τὴν γὰρ ἀφόρητον τιμωρίαν διὰ τοῦ μύλου καὶ καταποντισμοῦ σημαίνει, τὴν ἐσομένην μετὰ τῶν τοὺς τοιούτους ὑβριζόντων. Σκάνδαλον γὰρ ἐνταῦθα τὴν ὕβριν καλεῖ. Ταῦτα δέ φημι, ἐπειδὴ οἱ μικροὶ εὐσκανδάλιστοί εἰσιν, ἵνα μὴ καταφρονῶμεν αὐτῶν. Ὁ γὰρ μέγας καὶ τέλειος ἐν ἀρετῇ παντὸς σκανδάλου καταφρονεῖ. Ἐξ ὧν δὲ προλέγει καὶ θρηνεῖ τοὺς τοιούτους, δίδωσιν αὐτοῖς καιρὸν μετανοίας. Εἰπὼν δὲ, Ἀνάγκη, οὐκ ἀναιρεῖ τὸ αὐτεξούσιον, ἀλλὰ τὸ προγνωστικὸν τοῦ πάντως ἐσομένου δηλοῖ. Διὸ καὶ τὸ οὐαὶ αὐτοῖς ἐπιφωνεῖ, ὡς ἑκουσίως πταίουσι. Κόλασιν δὲ λέγει τοὺς ἀσέμνους (11) ζῶντας ἀνθρώπους.
English
Checking the contentiousness of the disciples (since when teachers fight, schisms occur among many who are scandalized, as those scandalized wish to draw the hearers to themselves), he foretells the punishment with them. This was said emphatically. That is, even if you scandalize a lowly person among the faithful, the punishment against you will be severe. For he indicates the unbearable punishment through the mill and drowning, which will befall those who insult such persons. For here he calls insult "scandal." I say these things because the small are easily scandalized, so that we may not despise them. For the great and perfect in virtue despises every scandal. By foretelling and lamenting such persons, he gives them an opportunity for repentance. And when he says "It is necessary," he does not abolish free will, but indicates the foreknowledge of what will certainly happen. Hence he also adds "Woe to them," as those who err voluntarily. And he calls "punishment" those who live indecently.
tlg2042.tlg077:39 · narrativehigh
Source
Στ. κʼ. Οὗ γάρ εἰσι δύο ἢ τρεῖς (11 ) συνημμένοι εἰς τὸ ἐμὸν ὅνομα, ἐκεῖ εἰμι ἐν μέσῳ αὐτῶν. Στ. κα΄. Τότε προσελθὼν αὐτῷ ὁ Πέτρος, εἶπε· Κύριε, ποσάκαις ἁμαρτήσει εἰς ἐμὲ ὁ ἀδελφός μου, καὶ ἀφήσω αὐτῷ; ἕως ἑπτάκις Δύο συνημμένοι ἐπὶ τῷ τοῦ Χριστοῦ ὀνόματι, σῶμα 7_12 Rom. XI, 25. 12 Matth. XIII, 50. (10·) Τοιούτων. Forte τοιοῦτον, ut et interpres Fegisse videtur. Edit. (11) Ἀσέμνους. Forte ἀσέμνως. Εdit. (11*) Vulgo συνηγμένοι. Hic et in seqq. confer edita. καὶ πνεῦμα, μὴ ἀντιστρατευόμενα· ὑποταγέντος μὲν τοῦ σώματος, τοῦ δὲ πνεύματος μεταδιδόντος αὐτῷ θείας ζωῆς· τρεῖς δέ τε (13) ὁλόκληρον, πνεῦμα, ψυχὴ, σῶμα, τηρεῖ τῇ παρουσίᾳ Χριστοῦ· Ἤ αἱ δύο διαθῆκαι, ὅταν ὁ συναγωγεὺς αὐτῶν τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον ἐν αὐταῖς ᾗ· τρεῖς δὲ, νόμον, προφήτας, Εὐαγγέλιον· ἢ θυμὸν καὶ ἐπιθυμίαν, καὶ λογισμόν· ἢ τὴν κλῆσιν καὶ ἐκλογὴν, καὶ τὸ εἰς πρώτην τιμὴν τασσόμενον γένος μεθʼ ἡμῶν. Τήρει δὲ, ὅτι οὐκ εἶπεν ἔσομαι, ἀλλʼ εἰμί. Ὡς Θεός γὰρ πανταχοῦ ὢν, ἐν μέσῳ ἐστὶ τῶν διʼ εὐσεβείας συναπτομένων. Ἡ γὰρ πανεπίσκοπος τοῦ Θεοῦ δύναμις ἀμέριστος μεριστὴ γίνεται τοῖς ἀξίοις. Ἐπειδὴ τῶν εἰς ἡμᾶς πταισμάτων ἡμεῖς κύριοί ἐσμεν τοῦ συγχωρεῖν, οὐ μὴ (14) τῶν εἰς Θεὸν φθατόντων εἰ μὴ αὐτὸς ὁ Θεός· διὰ τοῦτο εἶπεν ὁ Πέτρος τὸ, εἰς ἐμέ. Ἐρωτῶν γὰρ, ἕως τίνος χρεία μὴ μνησικακεῖν, ὡς μέγα προσέθηκε τὸ, ἑπτάκις. Ὁ δὲ Κύριος, τὸ ἄπειρον σημαίνων τῆς ἀνεξικακίας, εἶπεν τὸ, ἑβδομηκοντάκις ἑπτά· τουτέστιν· Ὁσάκις ἁμάρτῃ εἰς σὲ, ἐὰν μετανοῇ, ἄφες αὐτῷ.
English
St. 20. For where there are two or three (11) united in my name, there I am in their midst. St. 21. Then Peter came to him and said: Lord, how many times shall my brother sin against me, and I forgive him? Up to seven times. Two united in the name of Christ are body and spirit, not in opposition—the body being subject, and the spirit imparting divine life to it. Three (13) constitute a whole: spirit, soul, body, preserved by the presence of Christ. Or the two testaments, when their gatherer, the Holy Spirit, is in them; three: law, prophets, Gospel. Or spirit and desire and reason. Or the calling and election and the class ranked in first honor with us. Note that he did not say "I will be," but "I am." For as God, being everywhere, he is in the midst of those united through piety. For the all-surveying power of God, though indivisible, becomes divisible for the worthy. Since we are masters of forgiving offenses against us, but not of those reaching to God unless God himself does so, for this reason Peter said "against me." For asking how long it is necessary not to bear a grudge, he added "seven times" as a great thing. But the Lord, indicating the infinity of forbearance, said "seventy times seven"—that is: Whenever he sins against you, if he repents, forgive him.
tlg2042.tlg077:40 · narrativemedium
Source
Ἐπειδὴ ἐπὶ τῶν ἀφοριζομένων μέτρον ὥρισεν ὁ Χριστὸς, οὐ μὴν καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν μετανοούντων, εἰκότως ἐρωτᾷ ὁ Πέτρος τό· Ἕως πόσου δεῖ δέχεσθαι τὸν μετανοοῦντα; Ὅρα δὲ εἱ δύναται· Ἐπεὶ ὁ μὲν ἓξ ἀριθμὸς ἐργατικὸς καὶ ἐν γενέσει κόσμου, ὁ δὲ ἑπτὰ ἀναπαύσεως· ὁ μὲν τὰ τοῦ κόσμου καὶ ὑλικὰ ἀγαπῶν, ἐξαμαρτάνων τέλος ἔχει τὴν ἑβδομάδα· ὅπερ νοήσας ὁ Πέτρος, συγχωρεῖν θέλει ἐν τῷ ἑπτά. Ὁ δὲ Κύριος ἐπιτείνει τοῦτο ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ τρόπῳ, ἀναλόγως γὰρ μονάδος πρὸς δεκάδας καὶ ἑκατοντάδας, ὡς τὸν ὑπερβάντα τὰ κοσμικὰ μηκέτι ἔχειν ἄφεσιν τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων· ἡ γὰρ ἄφεσις ἐπὶ τὰ τῇδε εἴτε βραδὺ (15), εἴτε τάχιον. Στίχ. ε΄. Καὶ ὃς ἐὰν δέξηται παιδίον τοιοῦτον ἓν ἑπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου, ἐμὲ δέχεται. Παραινεῖ δέχεσθαι τοὺς πιστοὺς ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ ἒν παιδίον τοιοῦτον, ἢ ἔν τοιούτων (10 ) τῶν πνευματικῶν καὶ μεμορφωμένων τὸν Χριστὸν, κατὰ τὸ ταπεινῶσαι τὸ ἑαυτοῦ πνεῦμα. Κατὰ δὲ τὸν Λουκᾶν, τὸ δεικνύμενον ὑπὸ τοῦ Σωτῆρος παιδίον δέχεσθαι δεῖ ἐν τῷ ὀνόματιαὐτοῦ, ἵνα ἐν αὐτῷ δέξηται τὸν Χριστὸν ὄντα καὶ ἐν τῷ Πνεύματι. Ἤ ἕν τοιοῦτον, ἐπεὶ ἕν εἰσι πάντες οἱ πνευματικοί. Προτρέπει δὲ ὁ λόγος καὶ τὸ δέχεσθαι τῶν ἁπλῶν καὶ πραέων τῇ καρδίᾳ ἐν τῷ λόγῳ Χριστοῦ. Ἀνακόπτων τὸ φιλόνικον τῶν μαθητῶν (ἐπειδὴ ὅτε οἱ διδάσκαλοι μάχονται, σχίσματα γίνονται πολλῶν σκανδαλιζομένων, βουλομένων τῶν σκανδαλιζομένων ἐπισπᾶσθαι εἰς αὑτοὺς τοὺς ἀκροατὰς), προλέγει τὴν μετʼ αὐτῶν τιμωρίαν. Τοῦτο δὲ ἐπιτεταγμένως ἐλέχθη. Τουτέστιν κἂν εὐτελῆ ἄνθρωπον τῶν πιστῶν σκανδαλίσητε, βαρεῖα ἔσται καθʼ ὑμῶν ἡ τιμωρία.
English
Since Christ set a limit for those who are excommunicated, but not for those who repent, Peter naturally asks: "Up to how many times must one accept the one who repents?" But see if it is possible: Since the number six is active and pertains to the generation of the world, while seven is of rest; the one who loves worldly and material things, sinning, has the hebdomad as his end; and Peter, understanding this, wishes to grant forgiveness within the seven. But the Lord intensifies this in the same manner, proportionally as a unit is to tens and hundreds, so that the one who surpasses worldly things no longer has remission of sins; for remission pertains to things here, whether slow or swift. Verse 5. "And whoever receives such a child, one in my name, receives me." He exhorts receiving the faithful in his name, one such child, or one of such spiritual ones who are formed according to Christ, by humbling one's own spirit. But according to Luke, the child shown by the Savior must be received in his name, so that in it one may receive Christ, who is also in the Spirit. Or "one such," since all spiritual ones are one. The word also urges receiving the simple and gentle in heart in the word of Christ. Checking the contentiousness of the disciples (since when teachers quarrel, schisms occur among many who are scandalized, as those scandalized wish to draw the hearers to themselves), he foretells the punishment with them. This was said emphatically. That is, even if you scandalize a humble person among the faithful, the punishment against you will be severe.
tlg2042.tlg077:41 · narrativehigh
Source
Τὴν γὰρ ἀφόρητον τιμωρίαν διὰ τοῦ μύλου καὶ καταποντισμοῦ σημαίνει, τὴν ἐσομένην μετὰ τῶν τοὺς τοιούτους ὑβριζόντων. Σκάνδαλον γὰρ ἐνταῦθα τὴν ὕβριν καλεῖ. Ταῦτα δέ φημι, ἐπειδὴ οἱ μικροὶ εὐσκανδάλιστοί εἰσιν, ἵνα μὴ καταφρονῶμεν αὐτῶν. Ὁ γὰρ μέγας καὶ τέλειος ἐν ἀρετῇ παντὸς σκανδάλου καταφρονεῖ. Ἐξ ὧν δὲ προλέγει καὶ θρηνεῖ τοὺς τοιούτους, δίδωσιν αὐτοῖς καιρὸν μετανοίας. Εἰπὼν δὲ, Ἀνάγκη, οὐκ ἀναιρεῖ τὸ αὐτεξούσιον, ἀλλὰ τὸ προγνωστικὸν τοῦ πάντως ἐσομένου δηλοῖ. Διὸ καὶ τὸ οὐαὶ αὐτοῖς ἐπιφωνεῖ, ὡς ἑκουσίως πταίουσι. Κόλασιν δὲ λέγει τοὺς ἀσέμνους (11) ζῶντας ἀνθρώπους. Στ. κʼ. Οὗ γάρ εἰσι δύο ἢ τρεῖς (11 ) συνημμένοι εἰς τὸ ἐμὸν ὅνομα, ἐκεῖ εἰμι ἐν μέσῳ αὐτῶν. Στ. κα΄. Τότε προσελθὼν αὐτῷ ὁ Πέτρος, εἶπε· Κύριε, ποσάκαις ἁμαρτήσει εἰς ἐμὲ ὁ ἀδελφός μου, καὶ ἀφήσω αὐτῷ; ἕως ἑπτάκις Δύο συνημμένοι ἐπὶ τῷ τοῦ Χριστοῦ ὀνόματι, σῶμα 7_12 Rom. XI, 25. 12 Matth. XIII, 50. (10·) Τοιούτων. Forte τοιοῦτον, ut et interpres Fegisse videtur. Edit. (11) Ἀσέμνους. Forte ἀσέμνως. Εdit. (11*) Vulgo συνηγμένοι. Hic et in seqq. confer edita.
English
For the unbearable punishment is signified by the mill and drowning, which will befall those who insult such persons. For here he calls insult "scandal." I say these things because the small are easily scandalized, so that we may not despise them. For the great and perfect in virtue despises every scandal. And from what he foretells and laments concerning such persons, he gives them an opportunity for repentance. And when he says "Necessity," he does not abolish free will, but indicates the foreknowledge of what will certainly happen. Hence he also pronounces "woe" upon them, as those who err voluntarily. And he calls "punishment" those who live indecently. Chapter 20: "For where two or three are gathered together in my name, there I am in their midst." Chapter 21: "Then Peter came to him and said, 'Lord, how many times shall my brother sin against me and I forgive him? Up to seven times?'" Two gathered together in the name of Christ are a body.
tlg2042.tlg077:42 · narrativemedium
Source
καὶ πνεῦμα, μὴ ἀντιστρατευόμενα· ὑποταγέντος μὲν τοῦ σώματος, τοῦ δὲ πνεύματος μεταδιδόντος αὐτῷ θείας ζωῆς· τρεῖς δέ τε (13) ὁλόκληρον, πνεῦμα, ψυχὴ, σῶμα, τηρεῖ τῇ παρουσίᾳ Χριστοῦ· Ἤ αἱ δύο διαθῆκαι, ὅταν ὁ συναγωγεὺς αὐτῶν τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον ἐν αὐταῖς ᾗ· τρεῖς δὲ, νόμον, προφήτας, Εὐαγγέλιον· ἢ θυμὸν καὶ ἐπιθυμίαν, καὶ λογισμόν· ἢ τὴν κλῆσιν καὶ ἐκλογὴν, καὶ τὸ εἰς πρώτην τιμὴν τασσόμενον γένος μεθʼ ἡμῶν. Τήρει δὲ, ὅτι οὐκ εἶπεν ἔσομαι, ἀλλʼ εἰμί. Ὡς Θεός γὰρ πανταχοῦ ὢν, ἐν μέσῳ ἐστὶ τῶν διʼ εὐσεβείας συναπτομένων. Ἡ γὰρ πανεπίσκοπος τοῦ Θεοῦ δύναμις ἀμέριστος μεριστὴ γίνεται τοῖς ἀξίοις. Ἐπειδὴ τῶν εἰς ἡμᾶς πταισμάτων ἡμεῖς κύριοί ἐσμεν τοῦ συγχωρεῖν, οὐ μὴ (14) τῶν εἰς Θεὸν φθατόντων εἰ μὴ αὐτὸς ὁ Θεός· διὰ τοῦτο εἶπεν ὁ Πέτρος τὸ, εἰς ἐμέ. Ἐρωτῶν γὰρ, ἕως τίνος χρεία μὴ μνησικακεῖν, ὡς μέγα προσέθηκε τὸ, ἑπτάκις. Ὁ δὲ Κύριος, τὸ ἄπειρον σημαίνων τῆς ἀνεξικακίας, εἶπεν τὸ, ἑβδομηκοντάκις ἑπτά· τουτέστιν· Ὁσάκις ἁμάρτῃ εἰς σὲ, ἐὰν μετανοῇ, ἄφες αὐτῷ. Ἐπειδὴ ἐπὶ τῶν ἀφοριζομένων μέτρον ὥρισεν ὁ Χριστὸς, οὐ μὴν καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν μετανοούντων, εἰκότως ἐρωτᾷ ὁ Πέτρος τό· Ἕως πόσου δεῖ δέχεσθαι τὸν μετανοοῦντα; Ὅρα δὲ εἱ δύναται· Ἐπεὶ ὁ μὲν ἓξ ἀριθμὸς ἐργατικὸς καὶ ἐν γενέσει κόσμου, ὁ δὲ ἑπτὰ ἀναπαύσεως· ὁ μὲν τὰ τοῦ κόσμου καὶ ὑλικὰ ἀγαπῶν, ἐξαμαρτάνων τέλος ἔχει τὴν ἑβδομάδα· ὅπερ νοήσας ὁ Πέτρος, συγχωρεῖν θέλει ἐν τῷ ἑπτά.
English
and spirit, not opposing one another; the body being subordinate, and the spirit imparting to it divine life. And three (13) complete—spirit, soul, body—preserves by the presence of Christ. Or the two covenants, when their gatherer, the Holy Spirit, is in them. And three: law, prophets, Gospel. Or spirit, desire, and reason. Or the calling, the election, and the class ranked with us in first honor. Note that he did not say "I will be," but "I am." For as God, being everywhere, he is in the midst of those united by piety. For the all-surveying power of God, undivided, becomes divided to the worthy. Since we are masters of forgiving offenses against us, but not of those reaching God unless God himself does so, for this reason Peter said "to me." For when asking up to what point it is necessary not to bear a grudge, he added "seven times" as a great thing. But the Lord, signifying the infinity of forbearance, said "seventy times seven"; that is, whenever he sins against you, if he repents, forgive him. Since Christ set a measure for those excommunicated, but not for those repenting, Peter naturally asks: "Up to what point must one accept the penitent?" But see if it is possible: since the number six is active and in the generation of the world, and seven is of rest; he who loves worldly and material things, sinning, has the hebdomad as his end; understanding this, Peter wishes to forgive in the number seven.
tlg2042.tlg077:43 · narrativemedium
Source
Ὁ δὲ Κύριος ἐπιτείνει τοῦτο ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ τρόπῳ, ἀναλόγως γὰρ μονάδος πρὸς δεκάδας καὶ ἑκατοντάδας, ὡς τὸν ὑπερβάντα τὰ κοσμικὰ μηκέτι ἔχειν ἄφεσιν τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων· ἡ γὰρ ἄφεσις ἐπὶ τὰ τῇδε εἴτε βραδὺ (15), εἴτε τάχιον. ΚΕΦ. ΚΑ΄. Στίχ. λγ΄. Ἄνθρωπος ἦν οἰκοδεσπότης, ὅστις ἐφύτευσεν ἀμπελῶνα, καὶ φραγμόν αὐτῷ περιέθηκε, καὶ ὤρυξεν ἐν αὐτῷ ληνὸν, καὶ ᾠκοδόμησε πύργον, καὶ ἐξέδοτο αὐτόν γεωργοῖς, καὶ ἀπεδήμησε, κ. τ. λ. Ἡ παραβολὴ οἰκοδεσπότην λέγει τὸν Θεὸν καὶ πατέρα, τὸν πολλὴν πρόνοιαν ἐξ ἀρχῆς εἰς τοὺς Ἰουδαίους ἐπιδειξάμενον. Ἀμπελὼν δὲ ἀπλῶς μὲν ὁ πρῶτος λαὸς, τουτέστιν ὁ Ἰσραὴλ, φυτευθεὶς ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν τῇ γῇ τῆς ἐπαγγελίας. Φραγμὸς δὲ ὁ νόμος, οὐκ ἐῶν αὐτοὺς μιγῆναι τοῖς ἔθνεσι. Ληνός τὸ θυσιαστήριον, ἤτοι ὁ τόπος τῶν σπονδῶν. Πύργος ἡ Σιὼν, ἢ ὁ οὐρανός. Γεωργοὶ οἱ πρεσβύτεροι τοῦ λαοῦ καὶ οἱ σοφοὶ, καὶ οἱ κατὰ καιροὺς διδάσκαλοι. Ἀπεδήμησε δὲ ὁ οἰκοδεσπότης, ὅτε οὐκέτι ἡμέρᾳ ἐν στύλῳ νεφέλης καὶ νυκτὸς αὐτοῖς ἐν στύλῳ πυρὸς ἐπιφαίνεται. Ἢ ἡ τοῦ Θεοῦ μακροθυμία, ἡ μὴ παρὰ πόδας mines moriuntur. (13) Forte δὲ τό (14) Μή. Forte μήν, ut paulo infra. EDIT. (15) Forte βράδιον.
English
The Lord intensifies this in the same manner, for analogously as a unit is to tens and hundreds, so he who has transcended worldly things no longer has remission of sins; for remission pertains to things here, whether slow or swift. CHAPTER 21. Verse 33. There was a man, a householder, who planted a vineyard, and placed a fence around it, and dug a winepress in it, and built a tower, and let it out to farmers, and went abroad, etc. The parable calls the householder God and Father, who from the beginning showed great providence toward the Jews. The vineyard is simply the first people, that is, Israel, planted by God in the land of promise. The fence is the law, not allowing them to mingle with the nations. The winepress is the altar, that is, the place of libations. The tower is Zion, or heaven. The farmers are the elders of the people and the wise, and the teachers of each time. The householder went abroad when he no longer appeared to them by day in a pillar of cloud and by night in a pillar of fire. Or it is the patience of God, who does not immediately...
tlg2042.tlg077:44 · narrativemedium
Source
ἀπαιτοῦσα τοὺς Ἰουδαίους τὴν τῶν πταισμάτων τιμωρίαν. Ἀπαίτησις δὲ καρπῶν ὁ ἔννομος βίος· Καιρὸς αὐτῶν ἡ προφητικὴ ἀπαίτησις· Δοῦλοι πρῶτοι καὶ δεύτεροι παθόντες ἄτοπον, οἱ κατὰ διαφόρους καιροὺς ἀποσταλέντες προφῆται, οἷς (15) τὸν μὲν ἕδηραν, ὡς Μιχαίαν, πατάξαντος ἐπὶ σιαγόνα Σεδεκίου· τὸν δὲ ἀπέκτειναν, ὡς Ζαχαρίαν, μεταξὺ τοῦ ναοῦ καὶ τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου· τὸν δὲ ἐλιθοβόλησαν, ὡς Ζαριοὺ υἱὸν Ἰωδαὲ τὸν ἱερέα. Τάχα δὲ ἀμπελὼν, ἢ (16) ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ τὰ μυστήρια αὐτοῦ ἐν νόμῳ καὶ προφήταις, καὶ τῇ ἄλλῃ φυσιολογίᾳ. Καρποὶ δὲ ὁ ἐνἀρετος ἐν ἤθεσι βίος. Φραγμὸς ὁ λογικὸς τόπος, καὶ τὸ γράμμα, ὡς μὴ κατοπτεύοιτο τοῖς ἔξω τὰ κεκρυμμένα μυστήρια. Ληνὸς τὸ βάθος τῆς δεχομένης τοὺς καρποὺς τοὺς τῆς ψυχῆς, πᾶν ἐπὶ πόλεμον ἐπιβαλλούσῃς. Πύργος καὶ διῃρημένος περὶ Θεοῦ λόγος. Ναὸς μὲν ἡ τοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ θείου ναοῦ (17). Γεωργοὶ οἱ πρῶτοι πιστευθέντες τὰ λόγια τοῦ Θεοῦ· οἷς ἀποδημεῖ εἰς τὴν αὐτοῦ περισπεῖν (18), δοὺς ἀφορμὴν, ἐξ ὧν αὐτὸς ἐφύτευσε, φραγμόν τε ἔθηκεν, ὤρυξεν, ὐκοδόμησε, τοῦ φέρειν καρπόν. Καιρὸς καρπῶν, ὃν οἶδεν οἰκοδεσπότης, τάχα οὐχ ὅτι ἐκφύειν φύλλα, ἢ κυπρίζειν, ἢ ὀμφακίζειν, ἢ τρυγᾶσθαι· οἷον οἱ τῆς νηπιότητος, ἢ τῆς συμπληρώσεως τοῦ λόγου, ἢ οἱ τῆς ἐν ἀρετῇ προκοπῆς, ἢ ἀρχῆς· οἱ δὲ τῆς ἀγάπης, καὶ χαρᾶς, καὶ εἰρήνης, καὶ τῶν λοιπῶν. Δοῦλοι οἱ προφῆται τὰ πνευματικὰ καρπώματα ἀπαιτοῦντες προσἀγειν ὡς ἱερεῖς τῷ Θεῷ. Στίχ. λγ΄.
English
demanding from the Jews the punishment for their transgressions. The lawful life is the demand for fruits; the prophetic demand is their season. The first and second servants who suffered an outrage are the prophets sent at different times, of whom they flayed one, as Micah, when Zedekiah struck him on the cheek; they killed another, as Zechariah, between the temple and the altar; and they stoned another, as Zariou the son of Jodae the priest. Perhaps the vineyard is the Kingdom of God and his mysteries in the law and the prophets and the other natural theology. The fruits are the virtuous life in character. The fence is the logical place and the letter, so that the hidden mysteries might not be observed by outsiders. The winepress is the depth that receives the fruits of the soul, as it applies everything to war. The tower is the divided discourse about God. The temple is that of the divine temple within it. The farmers are those first entrusted with the oracles of God; to them he departs to his own to tend, giving a starting point from what he himself planted, and he set a fence, dug, built, to bear fruit. The season of fruits, which the master knows, is perhaps not when they put forth leaves, or bloom, or become unripe, or are gathered; such as those of infancy, or of the completion of the word, or of progress in virtue, or of beginning; but those of love, and joy, and peace, and the rest. The servants are the prophets demanding that the spiritual fruits be brought as offerings to God, like priests. Verse 33.
tlg2042.tlg077:45 · narrativehigh
Source
Ἄνθρωπος ἦν οἰκοδεσπότης, ὅστις ἐφύτευσεν ἀμπελῶνα, καὶ φραγμόν αὐτῷ περιέθηκε, καὶ ὤρυξεν ἐν αὐτῷ ληνὸν, καὶ ᾠκοδόμησε πύργον, καὶ ἐξέδοτο αὐτόν γεωργοῖς, καὶ ἀπεδήμησε, κ. τ. λ. Ἡ παραβολὴ οἰκοδεσπότην λέγει τὸν Θεὸν καὶ πατέρα, τὸν πολλὴν πρόνοιαν ἐξ ἀρχῆς εἰς τοὺς Ἰουδαίους ἐπιδειξάμενον. Ἀμπελὼν δὲ ἀπλῶς μὲν ὁ πρῶτος λαὸς, τουτέστιν ὁ Ἰσραὴλ, φυτευθεὶς ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν τῇ γῇ τῆς ἐπαγγελίας. Φραγμὸς δὲ ὁ νόμος, οὐκ ἐῶν αὐτοὺς μιγῆναι τοῖς ἔθνεσι. Ληνός τὸ θυσιαστήριον, ἤτοι ὁ τόπος τῶν σπονδῶν. Πύργος ἡ Σιὼν, ἢ ὁ οὐρανός. Γεωργοὶ οἱ πρεσβύτεροι τοῦ λαοῦ καὶ οἱ σοφοὶ, καὶ οἱ κατὰ καιροὺς διδάσκαλοι. Ἀπεδήμησε δὲ ὁ οἰκοδεσπότης, ὅτε οὐκέτι ἡμέρᾳ ἐν στύλῳ νεφέλης καὶ νυκτὸς αὐτοῖς ἐν στύλῳ πυρὸς ἐπιφαίνεται. Ἢ ἡ τοῦ Θεοῦ μακροθυμία, ἡ μὴ παρὰ πόδας mines moriuntur. (13) Forte δὲ τό (14) Μή. Forte μήν, ut paulo infra. EDIT. (15) Forte βράδιον. ἀπαιτοῦσα τοὺς Ἰουδαίους τὴν τῶν πταισμάτων τιμωρίαν. Ἀπαίτησις δὲ καρπῶν ὁ ἔννομος βίος· Καιρὸς αὐτῶν ἡ προφητικὴ ἀπαίτησις· Δοῦλοι πρῶτοι καὶ δεύτεροι παθόντες ἄτοπον, οἱ κατὰ διαφόρους καιροὺς ἀποσταλέντες προφῆται, οἷς (15) τὸν μὲν ἕδηραν, ὡς Μιχαίαν, πατάξαντος ἐπὶ σιαγόνα Σεδεκίου· τὸν δὲ ἀπέκτειναν, ὡς Ζαχαρίαν, μεταξὺ τοῦ ναοῦ καὶ τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου· τὸν δὲ ἐλιθοβόλησαν, ὡς Ζαριοὺ υἱὸν Ἰωδαὲ τὸν ἱερέα. Τάχα δὲ ἀμπελὼν, ἢ (16) ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ τὰ μυστήρια αὐτοῦ ἐν νόμῳ καὶ προφήταις, καὶ τῇ ἄλλῃ φυσιολογίᾳ. Καρποὶ δὲ ὁ ἐνἀρετος ἐν ἤθεσι βίος.
English
A man was a householder, who planted a vineyard, and placed a fence around it, and dug a winepress in it, and built a tower, and let it out to farmers, and went abroad, and so on. The parable calls the householder God and Father, who showed great forethought from the beginning for the Jews. The vineyard is simply the first people, that is, Israel, planted by God in the land of promise. The fence is the law, not allowing them to mix with the nations. The winepress is the altar, or the place of libations. The tower is Zion, or heaven. The farmers are the elders of the people and the wise, and the teachers of each time. The householder went abroad when he no longer appears to them by day in a pillar of cloud and by night in a pillar of fire. Or it is the patience of God, not demanding from the Jews the punishment for their transgressions. The demand for fruits is the lawful life; their season is the prophetic demand. The first and second servants who suffered an outrage are the prophets sent at various times, of whom they beat one, like Micah, when Zedekiah struck him on the cheek; they killed another, like Zechariah, between the temple and the altar; they stoned another, like Zariah son of Jehoiada the priest. Perhaps the vineyard is the kingdom of God, and his mysteries in the law and prophets, and in the other natural philosophy. The fruits are the virtuous life in character.
tlg2042.tlg077:46 · narrativehigh
Source
Φραγμὸς ὁ λογικὸς τόπος, καὶ τὸ γράμμα, ὡς μὴ κατοπτεύοιτο τοῖς ἔξω τὰ κεκρυμμένα μυστήρια. Ληνὸς τὸ βάθος τῆς δεχομένης τοὺς καρποὺς τοὺς τῆς ψυχῆς, πᾶν ἐπὶ πόλεμον ἐπιβαλλούσῃς. Πύργος καὶ διῃρημένος περὶ Θεοῦ λόγος. Ναὸς μὲν ἡ τοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ θείου ναοῦ (17). Γεωργοὶ οἱ πρῶτοι πιστευθέντες τὰ λόγια τοῦ Θεοῦ· οἷς ἀποδημεῖ εἰς τὴν αὐτοῦ περισπεῖν (18), δοὺς ἀφορμὴν, ἐξ ὧν αὐτὸς ἐφύτευσε, φραγμόν τε ἔθηκεν, ὤρυξεν, ὐκοδόμησε, τοῦ φέρειν καρπόν. Καιρὸς καρπῶν, ὃν οἶδεν οἰκοδεσπότης, τάχα οὐχ ὅτι ἐκφύειν φύλλα, ἢ κυπρίζειν, ἢ ὀμφακίζειν, ἢ τρυγᾶσθαι· οἷον οἱ τῆς νηπιότητος, ἢ τῆς συμπληρώσεως τοῦ λόγου, ἢ οἱ τῆς ἐν ἀρετῇ προκοπῆς, ἢ ἀρχῆς· οἱ δὲ τῆς ἀγάπης, καὶ χαρᾶς, καὶ εἰρήνης, καὶ τῶν λοιπῶν. Δοῦλοι οἱ προφῆται τὰ πνευματικὰ καρπώματα ἀπαιτοῦντες προσἀγειν ὡς ἱερεῖς τῷ Θεῷ. ΚΕΦ. ΚΔ΄. Στίχ. με΄. Τίς ἄρα ἐστὶν ὀ πιστὸς δοῦλοι καὶ φρόνιμος, ὃν κατέστησεν ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τῆς θεραπείας αὐτοῦ; (19) Τάχα παροξύνων εἰς τὸ ζητῆσαι ἕνα τινὰ σπάνιον. Τῇ γὰρ τοῦ ἄρα ἀμφιβολίᾳ τὸ σπάνιον ἔδειξε τοῦ τοιούτου οἰκονόμου, καὶ οὐκ ἄλλον αὑτοῦ τὸν πιστὸν καὶ φρόνιμον οἰκονόμον εἰδὼς, κατασταθμαζό. μενον ἐπὶ τοῖς τοῦ Πατρὸς ἔργοις, λέγω δὲ ἐπὶ τῇ ἀνθρωπότητι. Ὡς γὰρ περὶ ἑτέρου λέγει, ἐπισκιάζων αὐτὸ τῇ ὑπερβολῇ τῆς σοφίας. Δοῦλον δὲ ἑαυτὸν εἶπε διὰ τὸ μορφὴν δούλου λαβεῖν. Ὅρα δὲ εἰ μὴ τοιαῦτα ἐγχειρισθέντας ἐπισκόπους καὶ διδασκάλους δυσωπεὶ ὁ λόγος φρονίμως ἑκάστῳ τὰ κατʼ ἀξίαν χρῆσθαι, καὶ ἐπιστημόνως τὰς πνευματικὰς διατάσσειν τροφὰς καιρῷ ποσότητος, ποιότητος.
English
The fence is the rational place, and the letter, so that the hidden mysteries might not be observed by those outside. The winepress is the depth that receives the fruits of the soul, of one who sets everything toward war. The tower is the divided discourse concerning God. The temple is that of the divine temple within it (17). The farmers are those first entrusted with the oracles of God, to whom he goes abroad to his own to oversee (18), having given a starting point, from which he himself planted, and placed a fence, dug, built, to bear fruit. The season of fruits, which the householder knows, perhaps not that leaves sprout, or that it blooms, or that it ripens, or that it is harvested—such as those of infancy, or of the completion of the word, or of progress in virtue, or of beginning; but those of love, and joy, and peace, and the rest. The servants are the prophets, demanding that the spiritual fruits be brought as priests to God. CHAPTER 24. Verse 45. Who then is the faithful and wise servant, whom his master appointed over his household? (19) Perhaps inciting to seek out some rare one. For by the ambiguity of "then" he showed the rarity of such a steward, and knowing no other faithful and wise steward of his own, weighed down upon the works of the Father, I mean upon humanity. For as if speaking of another, he overshadows it by the excess of wisdom. He called himself a servant because he took the form of a servant. See whether the word does not shame bishops and teachers entrusted with such things to use each thing wisely according to worth, and to arrange spiritual foods knowledgeably by season, quantity, and quality.
tlg2042.tlg077:47 · narrativemedium
Source
Τὸ δὲ, Τίς ἄρα, εἶπεν, οὐχ ὡς ἀγνοῶν, ἀλλʼ ἵνα μὴ περιεργάζωνται. Ἁρμό ζεῖ δὲ ὁ λόγος καὶ κατὰ παντὸς τοῦ ἐμπιστευθέντος τι παρὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ, εἴτε χρήματα, εἴτε ἀρχὴν, εἴτε δυναστείαν ἄλλην τινά. Δεύτερον δὲ ἀπαιτεῖται ὁ οἰκονόμος πίστιν καὶ φρόνησιν, ἵνα μήτε κλέψῃ τὰ δεσποτικὰ, ἀλλὰ καὶ δεόντως αὐτὰ οἰκονομήσῃ. Ἤ τὸν ἔχοντα πρὸς Θεὸν ἀγαθὴν συνείδησιν, καὶ μὴ ἀφιστάμενόν τινος τῶν δεόντων. Καὶ τὸν ὀρθῶς διδάσκοντα λέγει πιστόν. Φρόνιμον δὲ τὸν μὴ παραφερόμενον ταῖς τῶν αἱρετικῶν μωρολογίαις, ἀλλὰ διακρίνοντα τὸ ἀκριβὲς τοῦ λόγου, ἢ τὸν μὴ πειρόμενον (15) Οἶς. arie ὧν, vel ἐν οἶς. Ema. (1o) ore ῇ. (17) Locus mnpeditus. ἁμαρτίαις, διὰ τὸ μὴ (20) ποικίλον καὶ πολύτροπον τῶν ἀνθρώπων. Τὸν εἰδότα πότε δεῖ ἐλέγξαι, ἢ ἐπιτιμῆσαι, ἢ παρακαλέσαι, ἢ διδάξαι· καὶ τίνας μὲν ποτίσαι δεῖ γάλα, τίσι δὲ μεταδοῦναι τῆς στερεᾶς τροφῆς. Στίχ. με΄. Τίς ἄρα ἐστὶν ὀ πιστὸς δοῦλοι καὶ φρόνιμος, ὃν κατέστησεν ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τῆς θεραπείας αὐτοῦ; (19) Τάχα παροξύνων εἰς τὸ ζητῆσαι ἕνα τινὰ σπάνιον. Τῇ γὰρ τοῦ ἄρα ἀμφιβολίᾳ τὸ σπάνιον ἔδειξε τοῦ τοιούτου οἰκονόμου, καὶ οὐκ ἄλλον αὑτοῦ τὸν πιστὸν καὶ φρόνιμον οἰκονόμον εἰδὼς, κατασταθμαζό. μενον ἐπὶ τοῖς τοῦ Πατρὸς ἔργοις, λέγω δὲ ἐπὶ τῇ ἀνθρωπότητι. Ὡς γὰρ περὶ ἑτέρου λέγει, ἐπισκιάζων αὐτὸ τῇ ὑπερβολῇ τῆς σοφίας. Δοῦλον δὲ ἑαυτὸν εἶπε διὰ τὸ μορφὴν δούλου λαβεῖν.
English
The phrase "Who then," he said, is not as if he were ignorant, but so that they might not be overly curious. The word also applies to everyone entrusted with something by God, whether money, office, or any other authority. Secondly, the steward is required to have faith and prudence, so that he neither steals the master's goods nor fails to manage them properly. Or the one who has a good conscience toward God and does not neglect any of his duties. And he calls the one who teaches correctly faithful. He calls prudent the one who is not carried away by the foolish talk of heretics, but discerns the precise meaning of the word, or the one who does not yield to sins, because of the varied and manifold nature of men. The one who knows when to reprove, or rebuke, or exhort, or teach; and whom to give milk to, and to whom to give solid food. Verse 45. "Who then is the faithful and prudent slave, whom his master set over his household?" Perhaps inciting them to seek out a rare individual. For by the ambiguity of "then" he indicated the rarity of such a steward, and knowing no other faithful and prudent steward of his own, one weighed down by the works of the Father, I mean by humanity. For he speaks as if about another, overshadowing it by the excess of wisdom. And he called himself a slave because he took the form of a slave.
tlg2042.tlg077:48 · narrativemedium
Source
Ὅρα δὲ εἰ μὴ τοιαῦτα ἐγχειρισθέντας ἐπισκόπους καὶ διδασκάλους δυσωπεὶ ὁ λόγος φρονίμως ἑκάστῳ τὰ κατʼ ἀξίαν χρῆσθαι, καὶ ἐπιστημόνως τὰς πνευματικὰς διατάσσειν τροφὰς καιρῷ ποσότητος, ποιότητος. Τὸ δὲ, Τίς ἄρα, εἶπεν, οὐχ ὡς ἀγνοῶν, ἀλλʼ ἵνα μὴ περιεργάζωνται. Ἁρμό ζεῖ δὲ ὁ λόγος καὶ κατὰ παντὸς τοῦ ἐμπιστευθέντος τι παρὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ, εἴτε χρήματα, εἴτε ἀρχὴν, εἴτε δυναστείαν ἄλλην τινά. Δεύτερον δὲ ἀπαιτεῖται ὁ οἰκονόμος πίστιν καὶ φρόνησιν, ἵνα μήτε κλέψῃ τὰ δεσποτικὰ, ἀλλὰ καὶ δεόντως αὐτὰ οἰκονομήσῃ. Ἤ τὸν ἔχοντα πρὸς Θεὸν ἀγαθὴν συνείδησιν, καὶ μὴ ἀφιστάμενόν τινος τῶν δεόντων. Καὶ τὸν ὀρθῶς διδάσκοντα λέγει πιστόν. Φρόνιμον δὲ τὸν μὴ παραφερόμενον ταῖς τῶν αἱρετικῶν μωρολογίαις, ἀλλὰ διακρίνοντα τὸ ἀκριβὲς τοῦ λόγου, ἢ τὸν μὴ πειρόμενον (15) Οἶς. arie ὧν, vel ἐν οἶς. Ema. (1o) ore ῇ. (17) Locus mnpeditus. ἁμαρτίαις, διὰ τὸ μὴ (20) ποικίλον καὶ πολύτροπον τῶν ἀνθρώπων. Τὸν εἰδότα πότε δεῖ ἐλέγξαι, ἢ ἐπιτιμῆσαι, ἢ παρακαλέσαι, ἢ διδάξαι· καὶ τίνας μὲν ποτίσαι δεῖ γάλα, τίσι δὲ μεταδοῦναι τῆς στερεᾶς τροφῆς. ΚΕΦ. ΚΕ΄.
English
See whether such things do not put to shame bishops and teachers who have been entrusted with these responsibilities, so that the word urges them to use each thing wisely according to its worth, and to dispense spiritual nourishment with knowledge of time, quantity, and quality. The phrase "Who then," he said, is not as if he were ignorant, but so that they might not be overly curious. The word also applies to everyone entrusted with something by God, whether money, office, or any other authority. Secondly, the steward is required to have faithfulness and prudence, so that he neither steals the master's goods, but also administers them properly. Or the one who has a good conscience toward God and does not neglect any of his duties. And the one who teaches correctly he calls faithful. Prudent is the one who is not carried away by the foolish talk of heretics, but discerns the precise meaning of the word, or the one who does not attempt sins, because of the varied and manifold nature of humans. The one who knows when to reprove, or rebuke, or encourage, or teach; and whom to give milk to, and to whom to give solid food. Chapter 25.
tlg2042.tlg077:49 · narrativemedium
Source
Στίχ. α΄. Τότε ὁμοιωθήσεται ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν· δέκα παρθένοις, αἵτινες, λαβοῦσαι τὰς λαμπάδας αὐτῶν, ἐξῆλθον εἰς ἀπάντησιν τοῦ νυμφίου. Δέκα παρθένοι εἷναί φασι τὰς ἐν ἑκάστῃ ψυχῇ αἰσθήσεις τοῦ ἔνδοθεν καὶ ἔξωθεν ἀνθρώπου, ἀποστάσας εἰδωλολατρείας καὶ τῶν κοσμικῶν ἐπιθυμιῶν, τῷ παραδέξασθαι, εἴτε προφάσει, εἴτε ἀληθείᾳ, τὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ καθαρὸν λόγον, καὶ παρθενοποιηθῆναι (21).Εἰσὶ δὲ αἵ τε κοινῶς νοούμεναι, καὶ αἱ ἐν παροιμίαις κείμεναι, αἱ καὶ ἀνακολουθοῦσαι, ὡς αἱ ἀρεταὶ τῆς ὑποστάσεως Χριστοῦ. Διὸ καὶ ἐντοπειατ΄. (22) οὐχ αἱ μὲν μωραὶ, αἱ δὲ φρόνιμοι. Ἀλλὰ μία (23) καὶ πᾶσαι ἐξῆλθον εἰς ἀπάντησιν, αἱ παραδεξάμεναι τὸ περὶ Χριστοῦ μυστήριον. Ἐξίασι γὰρ ἀπὸ τῆς τοῦ κόσμου πλάνης, σπεύδουσαι πρὸς τὸν ἑτοίμως ὁρμῶντα πρὸς αὐτάς. Ἅλλο Ὠριγένους. Ἕτερον ἡ παρθενία παρὰ τὴν ἐλεημοσύνην, καὶ ἕτερον ὁ νοῦς παρὰ τὸ σῶμα· καὶ τοῦτο λήψει εἰς τὰς δέκα παρθένους. Φρόνιμοι μὲν οὖν αἱ τοῦ κατὰ λόγον βιοῦντος αἰσθήσεις· μωραὶ δὲ αἱ τοῦ ἐναντίως καὶ παρὰ τὸν ὀρθὸν λόγον πολιτευομένου. Λαμπάδες ἡ πανάρετος πρᾶξις· ἔλαιον δὲ ὁ ἐπιχεόμενος λόγος τοῦ ψυχικοῦ, τοῦ τὴν ἀγαθὴν πρᾶξιν ἐργαζομένου. Καθεύδουσιν οἱ ἀπανιστάμενοι τοῦ ζωτικοῦ τόνου. Οὐκ ἀπολλύουσιν οὖν τὰς λαμπάδας αἱ φρόνιμοι, οὐδὲ ἀπροσεκτοῦσι περὶ τὴν τήρησιν τοῦ ἐλαίου. Ἐμβοῶσιν οἱ ἄγγελοι ταῖς κοιμωμέναις αἰσθήσεσι, διεγείροντες αὐτάς· τουτέστι τὰ λειτουργικὰ πνεύματα εἰς διακονίαν ἀποστελλόμενα διὰ τοὺς μέλλοντας κληρονομεῖν σωτηρίαν. Κόσμος λαμπάδων ἡ κατὰ τὰς αἰσθήσεις εὐαγγελικὴ χρῆσις·
English
Verse 1: Then the kingdom of heaven will be likened to ten virgins, who, having taken their lamps, went out to meet the bridegroom. They say the ten virgins are the senses in each soul of the inner and outer man, having withdrawn from idolatry and worldly desires, by having received, whether in pretense or in truth, the pure word of God, and having been made virginal. They are both those commonly understood and those set in proverbs, which also follow, as the virtues of the hypostasis of Christ. Therefore also locally, not some foolish and some wise. But one and all went out to meet, having received the mystery concerning Christ. For they go out from the deception of the world, hastening toward him who readily rushes toward them. Another of Origen. Virginity is one thing, almsgiving another, and the mind is one thing, the body another; and this you will take for the ten virgins. Wise, then, are the senses of one who lives according to reason; foolish are those of one who lives contrarily and contrary to right reason. Lamps are all-virtuous action; oil is the poured-out word of the psychic, of him who works the good action. Those who withdraw from vital tension sleep. The wise do not lose their lamps, nor are they inattentive to the keeping of the oil. Angels shout to the sleeping senses, rousing them; that is, the liturgical spirits sent for service on behalf of those who are to inherit salvation. A cosmos of lamps is the evangelical use according to the senses.
tlg2042.tlg077:50 · narrativemedium
Source
ὀφθαλμῶν ἐπὶ τοῦ θαυμάζειν τὸν πεποιηκότα, καὶ μύειν ἵνα μὴ ἴδωσιν ἀδικίαν· ἀκοῆς (24) καὶ παραδεχομένης μάταιον, μήτε κρίσιν αἵματος, τοῦ δὲ ἴσου λόγου· γεύσεως αἰσθιούσης (25) Χριστὸν τὸν Κύριεν· ὀσφρήσεως Χριστοῦ εὐωδίᾳ ἀπολαυούσης, καὶ τοῦ ἐκκενωθέντος μύρου· ἁρῆς ἁπτομένης τοῦ Λόγου, ὡς Ἰωάννης λέγει· Αἱ χεῖρες ἡμῶν ἐψηλάφησαν περὶ τοῦ Λόγου τῆς ζωῆς. Μεσονύκτιον δὲ γίνεται ἡ φωνή· ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ, ᾗ ἐξῆλθον οἱ υἱοὶ Ἰσραὴλ ἐξ Αἰγύπιου, ἐν ᾗ καὶ ὁ Χριστὸς ἀνέστη ἐκ τῶν νεκρῶν. Φθωνή ἐστιν ἡ σάλπιγξ, ἡ τοὺς νεκροὺς ἐγείρουσα, καὶ ἐξάγουσα ἐκ τῶν τάφων. Ἔχει δὲ καὶ μυστικὸν νοῦν τὸ ἐξέλθετε. Ἐὰν γὰρ μὴ ἐξέλθωμεν, τὸν νυμφίον ἀπαντῆσαι οὐ δυνάμεθα. Λαμπάδα (26) τῆς παρθενίας ὁ τῆς γνώσεως φωτισμός· ἔλαιον δὲ εἰς τὰς λαμπάδας ἡ ἐν ἐπιγνώσει σπουδὴ, καὶ τῶν ἐντολῶν ἐργασία. Αὕτη γὰρ τὸ ἐν ἡμῖν· διαφυλάττει φῶς, (24) Locus deficiens. (25) Forte ἐσθιούσης. (26) Forte λαμπάδες. ἁπλοῦν τὸν ὀφθαλμὸν διατηροῦσα, ὥστε φωτίζεσθαι ὅλον ἡμῶν τὸ σῶμα, κατὰ τὸν τοῦ Κυρίου λόγον. Αἱ μὲν οὗν λαβοῦσαι τὴν ἐπιμελῆ σπουδὴν πρὸς τὴν τῶν ἐντολῶν ἐργασίαν φρόιμοι· αἱ δὲ ἀμελεῖς μωραὶ, τὸν προσήκοντα καιρὸν ἀναλώσασαι εἰς τὴν τῶν ματαίων σπουδήν. Τὸ δὲ, ἐκάθευδον. τὴν κοίμησιν τοῦ θανάτου λέγει· τὸ μεσονύκτιον δὲ, τὸ αἰφνίδιον δηλοῖ καὶ τὸ ἀπροσδόκητον, ἄμα καὶ τό φοβερόν. Καὶ ταῖς μὲν ἐξαναστάσαις πάρεστιν ἃ ἐπόνεσαν·
English
of the eyes for marveling at the Creator, and closing so that they may not see injustice; of hearing, neither admitting vain speech nor judgment of blood, but of the equal word; of taste, partaking of Christ the Lord; of smell, enjoying the fragrance of Christ and the poured-out myrrh; of touch, touching the Word, as John says: Our hands have handled concerning the Word of life. The voice comes at midnight, at that hour when the sons of Israel went out from Egypt, and at which Christ rose from the dead. The voice is the trumpet that raises the dead and leads them out of the tombs. The command "go out" also has a mystical meaning. For if we do not go out, we cannot meet the bridegroom. The lamp of virginity is the illumination of knowledge; the oil for the lamps is zeal in knowledge and the working of the commandments. For this preserves the light in us, keeping the eye simple, so that our whole body is illuminated, according to the Lord's word. Therefore those who take up diligent zeal for the working of the commandments are wise; but the careless are foolish, having wasted the proper time on zeal for vain things. And "they were sleeping" refers to the sleep of death; "midnight" signifies the sudden and unexpected, as well as the fearful. And to those who have risen up, what they have labored for is present.
tlg2042.tlg077:51 · narrativemedium
Source
τὴν δὲ ῥᾳθυμίαν (27) περὶ τὴν εὐσέβειαν μηδὲν ἐπιφερομένων ἄρχεται στυγνάζειν ἡ ψυχὴ, καὶ οἱονεὶ κατασβέννυσθαι, καὶ εἰς παραφροσύνην χωρεῖν, ὥστε οἰηθῆναι αὐτὰς διὰ τῆς ἑτέρων ἀρετῆς. Διὸ ἀποδοκιμάζονται, λεγόντων ἐκείνων, Μήποτε οὐκ ἀρκέσει ἡμῖν καὶ ὑμῖν. Πωλοῦσι δὲ τὸ ἔλαιον οἱ διδάσκοντες μισθοῦ προσεδρείᾳ, προσοχῆς, φιλομαθίας, φιλοπονίας. Ἤ πωλοῦντές εἰσι προφῆται, ἀπόστολοι, εὐαγγελισταὶ, διʼ ὧν τις μαθητευθεὶς τὴν ἀρετὴν ἐργάζεται. Στίχ. α΄. Τότε ὁμοιωθήσεται ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν· δέκα παρθένοις, αἵτινες, λαβοῦσαι τὰς λαμπάδας αὐτῶν, ἐξῆλθον εἰς ἀπάντησιν τοῦ νυμφίου. Δέκα παρθένοι εἷναί φασι τὰς ἐν ἑκάστῃ ψυχῇ αἰσθήσεις τοῦ ἔνδοθεν καὶ ἔξωθεν ἀνθρώπου, ἀποστάσας εἰδωλολατρείας καὶ τῶν κοσμικῶν ἐπιθυμιῶν, τῷ παραδέξασθαι, εἴτε προφάσει, εἴτε ἀληθείᾳ, τὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ καθαρὸν λόγον, καὶ παρθενοποιηθῆναι (21).Εἰσὶ δὲ αἵ τε κοινῶς νοούμεναι, καὶ αἱ ἐν παροιμίαις κείμεναι, αἱ καὶ ἀνακολουθοῦσαι, ὡς αἱ ἀρεταὶ τῆς ὑποστάσεως Χριστοῦ. Διὸ καὶ ἐντοπειατ΄. (22) οὐχ αἱ μὲν μωραὶ, αἱ δὲ φρόνιμοι. Ἀλλὰ μία (23) καὶ πᾶσαι ἐξῆλθον εἰς ἀπάντησιν, αἱ παραδεξάμεναι τὸ περὶ Χριστοῦ μυστήριον. Ἐξίασι γὰρ ἀπὸ τῆς τοῦ κόσμου πλάνης, σπεύδουσαι πρὸς τὸν ἑτοίμως ὁρμῶντα πρὸς αὐτάς. Ἅλλο Ὠριγένους. Ἕτερον ἡ παρθενία παρὰ τὴν ἐλεημοσύνην, καὶ ἕτερον ὁ νοῦς παρὰ τὸ σῶμα· καὶ τοῦτο λήψει εἰς τὰς δέκα παρθένους. Φρόνιμοι μὲν οὖν αἱ τοῦ κατὰ λόγον βιοῦντος αἰσθήσεις· μωραὶ δὲ αἱ τοῦ ἐναντίως καὶ παρὰ τὸν ὀρθὸν λόγον πολιτευομένου. Λαμπάδες ἡ πανάρετος πρᾶξις·
English
But as for negligence concerning piety, when nothing is brought to bear, the soul begins to grow sullen and, as it were, to be extinguished, and to fall into derangement, so that they think that they themselves are through the virtue of others. Therefore they are rejected, while those others say, "Lest it not suffice for us and for you." And those who sell the oil are the teachers by means of paid attendance, attention, love of learning, love of labor. Or those who sell are prophets, apostles, evangelists, through whom one, having been instructed, works virtue. Verse 1. Then the kingdom of heaven will be likened to ten virgins, who, having taken their lamps, went out to meet the bridegroom. The ten virgins are said to be the senses in each soul of the inner and outer man, having withdrawn from idolatry and worldly desires, by having received, whether in pretense or in truth, the pure word of God, and having been made virgins. And they are both those commonly understood and those found in the Proverbs, which also follow along, as the virtues of the hypostasis of Christ. Therefore also locally, not some foolish and some wise. But one and all went out to meet, having received the mystery concerning Christ. For they go out from the deception of the world, hastening toward him who readily rushes toward them. Another of Origen. Virginity is one thing, almsgiving another; and the mind is one thing, the body another; and this you will take for the ten virgins. Wise, then, are the senses of one who lives according to reason; foolish are those of one who lives contrarily and contrary to right reason. Lamps are all-virtuous action.
tlg2042.tlg077:52 · narrativehigh
Source
ἔλαιον δὲ ὁ ἐπιχεόμενος λόγος τοῦ ψυχικοῦ, τοῦ τὴν ἀγαθὴν πρᾶξιν ἐργαζομένου. Καθεύδουσιν οἱ ἀπανιστάμενοι τοῦ ζωτικοῦ τόνου. Οὐκ ἀπολλύουσιν οὖν τὰς λαμπάδας αἱ φρόνιμοι, οὐδὲ ἀπροσεκτοῦσι περὶ τὴν τήρησιν τοῦ ἐλαίου. Ἐμβοῶσιν οἱ ἄγγελοι ταῖς κοιμωμέναις αἰσθήσεσι, διεγείροντες αὐτάς· τουτέστι τὰ λειτουργικὰ πνεύματα εἰς διακονίαν ἀποστελλόμενα διὰ τοὺς μέλλοντας κληρονομεῖν σωτηρίαν. Κόσμος λαμπάδων ἡ κατὰ τὰς αἰσθήσεις εὐαγγελικὴ χρῆσις· ὀφθαλμῶν ἐπὶ τοῦ θαυμάζειν τὸν πεποιηκότα, καὶ μύειν ἵνα μὴ ἴδωσιν ἀδικίαν· ἀκοῆς (24) καὶ παραδεχομένης μάταιον, μήτε κρίσιν αἵματος, τοῦ δὲ ἴσου λόγου· γεύσεως αἰσθιούσης (25) Χριστὸν τὸν Κύριεν· ὀσφρήσεως Χριστοῦ εὐωδίᾳ ἀπολαυούσης, καὶ τοῦ ἐκκενωθέντος μύρου· ἁρῆς ἁπτομένης τοῦ Λόγου, ὡς Ἰωάννης λέγει· Αἱ χεῖρες ἡμῶν ἐψηλάφησαν περὶ τοῦ Λόγου τῆς ζωῆς. Μεσονύκτιον δὲ γίνεται ἡ φωνή· ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ, ᾗ ἐξῆλθον οἱ υἱοὶ Ἰσραὴλ ἐξ Αἰγύπιου, ἐν ᾗ καὶ ὁ Χριστὸς ἀνέστη ἐκ τῶν νεκρῶν. Φθωνή ἐστιν ἡ σάλπιγξ, ἡ τοὺς νεκροὺς ἐγείρουσα, καὶ ἐξάγουσα ἐκ τῶν τάφων. Ἔχει δὲ καὶ μυστικὸν νοῦν τὸ ἐξέλθετε. Ἐὰν γὰρ μὴ ἐξέλθωμεν, τὸν νυμφίον ἀπαντῆσαι οὐ δυνάμεθα. Λαμπάδα (26) τῆς παρθενίας ὁ τῆς γνώσεως φωτισμός· ἔλαιον δὲ εἰς τὰς λαμπάδας ἡ ἐν ἐπιγνώσει σπουδὴ, καὶ τῶν ἐντολῶν ἐργασία. Αὕτη γὰρ τὸ ἐν ἡμῖν· διαφυλάττει φῶς, (24) Locus deficiens. (25) Forte ἐσθιούσης. (26) Forte λαμπάδες.
English
oil is the poured word of the psychic, of the one who works the good deed. Those who withdraw from vital tension sleep. The wise women therefore do not lose their lamps, nor are they inattentive to the preservation of the oil. The angels cry out to the sleeping senses, rousing them; that is, the liturgical spirits sent into service for those who are to inherit salvation. The world of lamps is the evangelical use according to the senses: of the eyes for marveling at the maker, and closing so as not to see injustice; of hearing neither admitting vanity nor blood judgment, but the equal word; of taste perceiving Christ the Lord; of smell enjoying the fragrance of Christ and the emptied myrrh; of touch touching the Word, as John says: Our hands groped about the Word of life. The voice occurs at midnight: at that hour when the sons of Israel went out of Egypt, at which also Christ rose from the dead. The voice is the trumpet that rouses the dead and leads them out of the tombs. The command "go out" also has a mystical meaning. For if we do not go out, we cannot meet the bridegroom. The lamp of virginity is the illumination of knowledge; oil for the lamps is zeal in knowledge and the working of the commandments. For this preserves the light within us.
tlg2042.tlg077:53 · narrativehigh
Source
ἁπλοῦν τὸν ὀφθαλμὸν διατηροῦσα, ὥστε φωτίζεσθαι ὅλον ἡμῶν τὸ σῶμα, κατὰ τὸν τοῦ Κυρίου λόγον. Αἱ μὲν οὗν λαβοῦσαι τὴν ἐπιμελῆ σπουδὴν πρὸς τὴν τῶν ἐντολῶν ἐργασίαν φρόιμοι· αἱ δὲ ἀμελεῖς μωραὶ, τὸν προσήκοντα καιρὸν ἀναλώσασαι εἰς τὴν τῶν ματαίων σπουδήν. Τὸ δὲ, ἐκάθευδον. τὴν κοίμησιν τοῦ θανάτου λέγει· τὸ μεσονύκτιον δὲ, τὸ αἰφνίδιον δηλοῖ καὶ τὸ ἀπροσδόκητον, ἄμα καὶ τό φοβερόν. Καὶ ταῖς μὲν ἐξαναστάσαις πάρεστιν ἃ ἐπόνεσαν· τὴν δὲ ῥᾳθυμίαν (27) περὶ τὴν εὐσέβειαν μηδὲν ἐπιφερομένων ἄρχεται στυγνάζειν ἡ ψυχὴ, καὶ οἱονεὶ κατασβέννυσθαι, καὶ εἰς παραφροσύνην χωρεῖν, ὥστε οἰηθῆναι αὐτὰς διὰ τῆς ἑτέρων ἀρετῆς. Διὸ ἀποδοκιμάζονται, λεγόντων ἐκείνων, Μήποτε οὐκ ἀρκέσει ἡμῖν καὶ ὑμῖν. Πωλοῦσι δὲ τὸ ἔλαιον οἱ διδάσκοντες μισθοῦ προσεδρείᾳ, προσοχῆς, φιλομαθίας, φιλοπονίας. Ἤ πωλοῦντές εἰσι προφῆται, ἀπόστολοι, εὐαγγελισταὶ, διʼ ὧν τις μαθητευθεὶς τὴν ἀρετὴν ἐργάζεται. ΚΕΦ. ΚΖ΄ Στίχ. ια΄. Καὶ ἐπηρώτησεν αὐτὸν ὁ ἡγεμὼν, λέγων· Σὺ εἶ ὁ βασιλεὺς τῶν Ἰουδαίων; Ὡς ἐπὶ δημοσίῳ ἐγκλήματι κατακριθέντα αὐτὸν ἐρωτᾷ Πιλάτος λέγων· Σὺ εἶ ὁ βασιλεὺς τῶν Ἰουδαίων Ζητεῖ μυκτηρίζων, ἢ ἀμφιβάλλων οὕτως ἐρωτᾷ. Ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς ἠρέμα, ὑπαινιττόμενος τὸ ναὶ, ὧς πάντων ἀνθρώπων βασιλεὺς, ἔφη τὸ, Σὺ λέγεις. Ἐπεὶ ὁ μὲν ἀρχιερεὺς δικαστικῶς ἠρώτα λέγων· Εἰπὲ ἡμῖν εἰ σὺ εἷ ὁ βασιλεὺς, Πιλάτος δὲ ἀποφαντικῶς. Ὅρα δὲ εἰ μὴ τὸ μὲν, Σὺ εἶπας, τῷ ἀρχιερεῖ λεγόμενον, τὸν δισταγμὸν αὐτοῦ λεληθότα, ἐλέγχει· τὸ δὲ, Σὺ λέγεις, τῷ Πιλάτῳ, τὴν ἀπόφασιν αὐτοῦ κυροῖ.
English
keeping the eye simple, so that our whole body is illuminated, according to the word of the Lord. Those, then, who take up diligent zeal for the working of the commandments are wise; but the careless are foolish, having wasted the proper time on the pursuit of vain things. And "they were sleeping" refers to the sleep of death; "midnight" indicates the sudden and unexpected, as well as the fearful. And to those who have risen up, what they have labored for is present; but concerning laziness about piety, the soul begins to be gloomy and, as it were, to be extinguished, and to go into madness, so that they think they can obtain through the virtue of others. Therefore they are rejected, those others saying, "Lest it not suffice for us and for you." And those who sell the oil are those who teach for a fee, by attendance, attention, love of learning, love of labor. Or those who sell are prophets, apostles, evangelists, through whom one, having been instructed, works virtue. CHAPTER 27 Verse 11. And the governor questioned him, saying, "Are you the king of the Jews?" As if condemning him on a public charge, Pilate asks, saying, "Are you the king of the Jews?" He seeks to mock, or he asks in doubt. But Jesus gently, hinting at "yes," as king of all men, said, "You say." Since the high priest asked judicially, saying, "Tell us if you are the king," but Pilate declaratively. And see whether "You have said" spoken to the high priest does not expose his hidden hesitation; and "You say" to Pilate confirms his declaration.
tlg2042.tlg077:54 · narrativemedium
Source
Ἦν γὰρ βασιλεὺς τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ, μήτε εἰπὼν ναὶ, ἵνα μὴ δῷ εὔλογον ἀφορμὴν τῷ Πιλάτῳ καταδικάζειν. (28) Διὰ τὸ ἀμετάτρεπτον αὐτῶν οὐδὲ αὐτοῖς ἀντιφθέγγεται. Καλῶς δὲ οὐδὲ τῷ Πιλάτῳ ἀπεκρίθη, ὅτι ἀμφιβάλλει εἰ χρὴ αὐτὸν πρὸς τὰς ἀδίκους κατηγορίας ἀπολογεῖσθαι, καὶ ὅτι διχογνωμῶν ἐστι περὶ αὐτῶν. Δῆλον γὰρ ἦν, ὅτι, εἶ ἀπελογήσατο καὶ παρέστησεν ἑαυτὸν οὐδενὶ (29) ἔνοχον ἐγκλήματος, ἀπἔλυσεν ἂν ὁ δικαστὴς αὐτὸν, λαβὼν ὁδὸν τοῦ χρηστὰ περὶ αὐτοῦ ἀποφήνασθαι. Ὅθεν καὶ ὁ ἡγεμὼν ἐθαύμαζεν αὐτὸν, πῶς, δυνάμενος εἰπεῖν πολλὰς ἀπολογίσ, ἐσιώπα. Διὸ καὶ ὡς θέλων αὐτὸν ἀπολῦσαι, εἰς τοῦτο αὐτὸν προετρέπετο (30)· ὅτι γὰρ φθόνῳ παρεδόθη, καὶ Πιλάτῳ δῆλον ἦν. Οὐχ ἁπλῶς δὲ θαυμάζει, ἀλλὰ καὶ λίαν· τάχα μὲν διὰ τὸ ἄτρεπτον καὶ ἀτάραχον αὐτοῦ πρὸς θάνατον, καὶ ἐν τούτοις γαληνὸν τοῦ προσώπου· ἢ καὶ τὴν ὑπὲρ ἄνθρωπον αὐτοῦ μακροθυμίαν ἐθαύμαζεν. Εἰκὸς ἄρτι ὑποσπόνδων γενομένων Ῥωμαίοις Ἰουδαίων, τὸ κεχαρισμένον αὐτοῖς ᾤοντο ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ συγχωρεῖσθαι. Καὶ Σαοὺλ δὲ, συγχωρήσας τῷ λαῷ τὸν Ἰωνάθαν, δηλοῖ πρὶν αὐτοῖς καὶ τοιοῦτον. Ὡς νομίζων 5 Matth. XXV, 9. 1⁶ Matth. XXVI, 63, 17 ibid. 64 (7) Locas deficiens. (2) Nullum ascribitur auctoris nomen. Hro rcler ad vers. 12. (29) An οὐδενός. (30) Hic et infra confer edita Latina, et quædam ctiam contraria his reperies.
English
For he was king of Israel, neither saying "yes," so as not to give a reasonable pretext to Pilate for condemning him. (28) Because of their unchangeableness, he does not even contradict them. And rightly he did not even answer Pilate, because he is in doubt whether he ought to defend himself against the unjust accusations, and because he is of two minds concerning them. For it was clear that, if he had defended himself and shown himself guilty of no charge, the judge would have released him, having taken a way to pronounce favorably about him. Hence also the governor marveled at him, how, being able to say many defenses, he was silent. Therefore, also, as wishing to release him, he urged him to this (30); for that he was handed over out of envy was clear even to Pilate. He does not simply marvel, but also exceedingly; perhaps because of his unchangeableness and calmness in the face of death, and the serenity of his countenance in these things; or he marveled at his more than human patience. It is likely that, since the Jews had recently become subjects of the Romans, they thought that what was pleasing to them was conceded at the festival. And Saul also, having granted Jonathan to the people, shows to them beforehand something of this sort. As thinking
tlg2042.tlg077:55 · narrativehigh
Source
δὲ, ὅτι τὸν ἀναίτιον, ἢ τὸν μυρίοις ἐγκλήμασιν ὑπαίτιον αἰτήσονται, εἶπε τοῦτο ὁ Πιλάτος, ὡς δικαίοις οὖσιν. ᾜδει γὰρ, ὅτι οὐδὲν σαφῆ ἔλεγχον εἶχον κατʼ αὐτοῦ.| Παλαιοῖς δὲ πάνυ ἀντιγράφοις ἐντυχὼν, εὗρον καὶ αὐτὸν τὸν Βαραββᾶν Ἰησοῦν λεγόμενον. Οὕτως γοῦν εἶχεν ἡ τοῦ Πιλάτου πεῦσις ἐκεῖ· χᾶνα θέλετε ἀπὸ τῶν δύο ἀπολύσω ὑμῖν; Ἰησοῦν τὸν Βαραββᾶν, ἢ Ἰησοῦν τὸν λεγόμενον Χριστόν; Ὡς γὰρ ἔοικε, πατρωνυμία ἧν τοῦ λῃστοῦ ὁ Βαραββᾶς, ὅπερ ἑρμηνεύεται διδασκάλου υἱός (31). Συντιθέμενον οὖν τὸ τοῦ Βαραμβᾶν ὄνομα σημαίνει υἱὸς τοῦ διδασκάλου ἡμῶν. Καὶ τίνος ἄρα διδασκάλου υἱὸν χρὴ νομίζειν τὸν ἐπίσημον λῃστὴν, ἢ τοῦ ἀνδρὸς αἱμάτων, τοῦ ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἀνθρωποκτόνου, ὂν καὶ μέχρι τῆς δεῦρο μᾶλλον αἱροῦνται οἱ μαθόντες παῤ αὐτοῦ ἀνθρωποκτονεῖν, ἢ τόν ζωοποιοῦντα τοὺς ἀνθρώπους, τὸν Κύριον ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦν Χριστόν; Κρινόμενος ὑπὸ τοῦ Πιλάτου, ἐχρημάτιζε τῇ τούτου γυναικὶ, ἵνα τῇ μὲν σιωπῇ τὴν ἀνδρείαν καταπλαγῇ, τῷ δὲ χρηματισμῷ γνῷ, ὅτι οὐκ ἄνθρωπεν, ἀλλὰ Θεὸν κρίνει. Διὰ δὲ τοῦτο αὐτὸς οὐκ εἶδεν ἢ ἵνα μὴ σιωπήσῃ τῷ (32) ὄναρ, ἢ ὄτι οὐκ ἔπιστεύετο, ἢ ὅτι ἀνάξιος ῆν, ἢ ἵνα ἀκούσας ἃ ὑπέμεινεν ἡ γυνὴ, συμπαθήσῃ. Οὐ γὰρ μόνον εἶδε τὸ ἐνύπνιον, ἀλλὰ καὶ πολλὰ ἔπαθε, καὶ ἐν νυκτὶ πρὸς τὸ φοβερώτερον γίνεσθαι. Ἄλλως τε δὲ Προνοίας ἔργον τὸ ὄναρ, οὐ λεγόμενον μὲν τί ἦν, δεικνύον δὲ, ὅτι οὐχ ἵνα μὴ πάθῃ ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐδείχθη, ἀλλʼ ἴνα σωθῇ ἡ γυνή. Μακαρία δὲ ἡ τοιαῦτα (33) ἀπέχουσα ἐν ὀνείροις τὸ παθεῖν, ἵνα μὴ ὑπερπάθῃ.
English
But that they would ask for the innocent one, or the one guilty of countless charges, Pilate said this, as if they were just. For he knew that they had no clear proof against him. Having come across very ancient copies, I found that Barabbas himself was called Jesus. Thus, at any rate, Pilate's inquiry there ran: "Which of the two do you want me to release to you? Jesus Barabbas, or Jesus called Christ?" For, as it seems, Barabbas was a patronymic of the robber, which is interpreted as "son of a teacher." Therefore, the name Barambas, when compounded, means "son of our teacher." And whose teacher's son must one consider the notorious robber to be, if not the son of the man of blood, the original murderer, whom even to this day those who have learned from him to commit murder choose rather than the one who gives life to men, our Lord Jesus Christ? While being judged by Pilate, he sent a message to his wife, so that by his silence she might be struck with his courage, and by the message she might know that he was not judging a man, but God. And for this reason he himself did not see it, either so that he might not be silent in the dream, or because he was not believed, or because he was unworthy, or so that, having heard what his wife endured, he might sympathize. For she not only saw the dream, but also suffered much, and at night, so that it might become more terrifying. Besides, it was a work of Providence, the dream, not telling what it was, but showing that it was not shown so that Jesus would not suffer, but so that the wife might be saved. Blessed is she who receives such things in dreams to suffer, so that she might not suffer excessively.
tlg2042.tlg077:56 · narrativemedium
Source
Εἰ (34) δὲ σύμβολέν ἐστιν αὕτη τῆς ποτε ὑπὸ Πιλάτου κυριευομένης Ἐκκλησίας, καὶ οὐκέτι οὕσης αὐτῷ ὑποχειρίου διὰ τὴν εἰς Χριστὸν πίστιν γὰρ, ἀλλόφυλος γὰρ ἡ γυνή. Στίχ. με΄. Ἀπὸ δέ ἕκτης ὥρας σκότος ἐγένετο ἐπὶ πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν ἕως ὥρας ἐνάτης. (33) Περὶ ταύτης τῆς ἐκλείψεως καὶ ὁ προφήτης Ζαχαρίας εἰπών· Ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, φησὶν, οὐκ ἔσται φῶς. Καὶ ψῦχος καὶ πάγος ἔσται μίαν ἡμέραν. Καὶ ἡ ἡμέρα ἐκείνη γνωστὴ τῷ Κυρίῳ. Καὶ οὐχ ἡμέρα, καὶ οὐ νύξ· καὶ πρὸς ἐσπέραν ἔσται φῶς. Εἰπὼν δὲ τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐσκοτίσθαι τοὺς βάλλοντας χεῖρας τῷ φωτί. Ὡς γὰρ Αἰγυπτίοις σκότος. καὶ τοῖς υἱοῖς Ἰσραὴλ φῶς· οὕτως καὶ νῦν τῇ μὲν Ἐκκλησίᾳ φῶς, τοῖς δὲ Ἰουδαίοις σκότος τριῶν ἡμερῶν, φωτὸς πατρικοῦ, ἀπαυγάσματος Χριστοῦ, ἐκλάμψεως ἁγίου Πνεύματος. Καὶ ἐπεὶ ἐν τῇ ἕκτῃ ἡμέρᾳ γεγένηται ὁ ἄνθρωπος, εἰκὸς δὲ αὐτὸν ἐν τῇ ἕκτῃ ὁ ὥρᾳ ἐσφάλθαι· τάχα διὰ τοῦτο ὁ ὑπὲρ σωτηρίας ἀνθρώπων πάσχων ὥρᾳ ἕκτῃ ἐκρεμάσθη. Τοῦτό ἐστι τὸ σημεῖον, ὅπερ ἔμπροσθεν αἰτοῦσιν ὑπέσχετο δώσειν, λέγων· Γενεὰ πονηρὰ καὶ μοιχαλὶς σημεῖον ἐπιἐητεῖ, 18 Matth. XXVII, 17. 19 Joan. VIII, 44. 20 Zach. XIV, 6, 7. 21 21Matth. XII, 39. 22Joan. VIII, 28. (31) Hinc quædam videtur hausisse Theophyl. pag. 156 a. (32) Forte τό. (33) An τοιαύτη. (34) Forte οἱονεί. (35) Subjungitur non asscripto auctoris nomine. Confer. edita Orig.
English
If this is a symbol of the church once ruled by Pilate, and no longer subject to him because of faith in Christ—for the woman is of another race. Verse 45. From the sixth hour darkness came over the whole earth until the ninth hour. Concerning this eclipse, the prophet Zechariah also said: On that day, he says, there will be no light. And there will be cold and frost for one day. And that day is known to the Lord. And it is neither day nor night; and toward evening there will be light. And he said the darkness is the darkening of those who lay hands on the light. For just as there was darkness for the Egyptians and light for the sons of Israel, so also now there is light for the church, but darkness of three days for the Jews—light of the Father, radiance of Christ, illumination of the Holy Spirit. And since man was created on the sixth day, it is likely that he erred at the sixth hour; perhaps for this reason the one suffering for the salvation of men was hung at the sixth hour. This is the sign which he earlier promised to give when they asked for it, saying: A wicked and adulterous generation seeks a sign.
tlg2042.tlg077:57 · narrativehigh
Source
καὶ ἑξῆς· καὶ, Ὅταν ὑψώσητε τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τότε γνώσεσθε, ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι. Καὶ γὰρ πολλῷ θαυμαστότερον ἐπὶ τοῦ σταυροῦ προσηλουμένου ταῦτα γενέσθαι ἢ ἐπὶ γῆς βαδίζοντος. Οὐ ταύτῃ δὲ μόνον τὸ παράδοξον ἦν, ἀλλʼ ὅτι καὶ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ γέγονεν ὅπερ ἐζήτουν, καὶ ἐπὶ πᾶσαν τὴν οἰκουμένην, ὅπερ οὐδὲ πρότερον συνέβη, ἀλλʼ ἐν Ἀἰγύπτῳ μόνον, ὅτε καὶ τὸ Πάσχα ἐτελεῖτο· καὶ γὰρ ἐκεῖνα τύπος ἦν τούτων. Ἵνα γὰρ μὴ εἴπωσιν ἔκλειψιν εἶναι τὸ γεγενημένον, διὰ τοῦτο τῇ δι΄ γίνεται, ὅτε ἔκλειψιν συμβῆναι ἀμήχανον. Ἐν μέσῃ δὲ ἡμέρᾳ, ἵνα πάντες οἱ τὴν γῆν οἰκοῦντες μάθωσιν, ὅτι πανταχοῦ τῆς οἰκουμένης ἡμέρα ἦν. Καὶ Φλέγων δέ τις παῤ Ἕλλησι φιλόσοφος μέμνηται τούτου τοῦ σκότους, ὡς παραδόξως γεγενημένου ἐν τῇ ιδ΄ τῆς σελήνης· ὅτε οὐ πέφυκεν ἔκλειψις γίνεσθαι, ὅτε πολὺ ἀπέχει τό τοῦ ἡλίου διάστημα, ὅσον ἀπʼ ἀρχῆς τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἕως τέλους. Τότε γὰρ γίνονται ἐκλείψεις, ὅταν πλησιάσωσιν ἀλλήλοις οἱ δύο οὗτοι φωστῆρες. Γίνεται γὰρ ἔκλειψις ἡλίου συνοδικῶς ὑποδραμούσης αὐτὸν σελήνης, οὐ πανσελήνῳ, ὅτε διάμετρός ἐστι τῇ σελήνη. Τοῦτο δὲ γέγονεν, ὡς πενθούσης τῆς κτίσεως ἐπὶ τῷ γεγονότι, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο δηλούσης, ὅτι, τῆς παροινίας ταύτης πραχθείσης ἐξ Ἰουδαίων, ἐσκοτίσθη αὐτῶν ὁ νοῦς, καὶ ἀπέστη ἀπʼ αὐτῶν ὁ νοητὸς ἥλιος. Εἴτε γὰρ αὐτὸν ἐνόμιζον τοῦτο πεποιηκέναι, ἔδει πιστεῦσαι καὶ φοβηθῆναι· εἴτε οὐκ αὐτὸν, ἀλλὰ τὸν Πατέρα, καὶ ἐκ τούτου ἔδει κατανυγῆναι. Ὀργιζομένου γὰρ ἦν τὸ σκότος ἐκεῖνο, καὶ δεῖγμα τοῦ μέλλοντος λαβεῖν τοὺς θεομάχους τε καὶ μιαιφόνους.
English
and next: "When you raise up the Son of Man, then you will know that I am." For it is far more wondrous that these things happened while he was nailed to the cross than while he walked on earth. And the paradox was not only in this, but also that what they sought came from the sky, and over the whole inhabited world, which had never happened before, but only in Egypt, when the Passover was celebrated; for those things were a type of these. So that they might not say that what happened was an eclipse, for this reason it occurs on the fourteenth day, when it is impossible for an eclipse to occur. And at midday, so that all who inhabit the earth might learn that it was day everywhere in the inhabited world. And a certain Phlegon, a philosopher among the Greeks, mentions this darkness, as having happened paradoxically on the fourteenth day of the moon, when an eclipse does not naturally occur, when the distance of the sun is great, as from the beginning of the sky to its end. For eclipses happen when these two luminaries approach each other. For an eclipse of the sun occurs when the moon runs under it at conjunction, not at full moon, when the moon is opposite. But this happened as if creation was mourning over what had occurred, and through this showing that, when this outrage was perpetrated by the Jews, their mind was darkened, and the intelligible sun departed from them. For whether they thought he had done this, they ought to have believed and feared; or whether not he, but the Father, even from this they ought to have been stung. For that darkness was a sign of wrath, and a token of what was to come upon the god-fighters and murderers.
tlg2042.tlg077:58 · narrativehigh
Source
Διὰ τοῦτο γὰρ μετὰ πάντων τῆς (36) παροινίας τοῦτο γίνεται, ὅτε κόρος ἔλαβε τῶν σκωμμάτων, καὶ πάντων ἐφθέγξαντο ὅσα ἠθέλησαν. Στίχ. ια΄. Καὶ ἐπηρώτησεν αὐτὸν ὁ ἡγεμὼν, λέγων· Σὺ εἶ ὁ βασιλεὺς τῶν Ἰουδαίων; Ὡς ἐπὶ δημοσίῳ ἐγκλήματι κατακριθέντα αὐτὸν ἐρωτᾷ Πιλάτος λέγων· Σὺ εἶ ὁ βασιλεὺς τῶν Ἰουδαίων Ζητεῖ μυκτηρίζων, ἢ ἀμφιβάλλων οὕτως ἐρωτᾷ. Ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς ἠρέμα, ὑπαινιττόμενος τὸ ναὶ, ὧς πάντων ἀνθρώπων βασιλεὺς, ἔφη τὸ, Σὺ λέγεις. Ἐπεὶ ὁ μὲν ἀρχιερεὺς δικαστικῶς ἠρώτα λέγων· Εἰπὲ ἡμῖν εἰ σὺ εἷ ὁ βασιλεὺς, Πιλάτος δὲ ἀποφαντικῶς. Ὅρα δὲ εἰ μὴ τὸ μὲν, Σὺ εἶπας, τῷ ἀρχιερεῖ λεγόμενον, τὸν δισταγμὸν αὐτοῦ λεληθότα, ἐλέγχει· τὸ δὲ, Σὺ λέγεις, τῷ Πιλάτῳ, τὴν ἀπόφασιν αὐτοῦ κυροῖ. Ἦν γὰρ βασιλεὺς τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ, μήτε εἰπὼν ναὶ, ἵνα μὴ δῷ εὔλογον ἀφορμὴν τῷ Πιλάτῳ καταδικάζειν. (28) Διὰ τὸ ἀμετάτρεπτον αὐτῶν οὐδὲ αὐτοῖς ἀντιφθέγγεται. Καλῶς δὲ οὐδὲ τῷ Πιλάτῳ ἀπεκρίθη, ὅτι ἀμφιβάλλει εἰ χρὴ αὐτὸν πρὸς τὰς ἀδίκους κατηγορίας ἀπολογεῖσθαι, καὶ ὅτι διχογνωμῶν ἐστι περὶ αὐτῶν. Δῆλον γὰρ ἦν, ὅτι, εἶ ἀπελογήσατο καὶ παρέστησεν ἑαυτὸν οὐδενὶ (29) ἔνοχον ἐγκλήματος, ἀπἔλυσεν ἂν ὁ δικαστὴς αὐτὸν, λαβὼν ὁδὸν τοῦ χρηστὰ περὶ αὐτοῦ ἀποφήνασθαι. Ὅθεν καὶ ὁ ἡγεμὼν ἐθαύμαζεν αὐτὸν, πῶς, δυνάμενος εἰπεῖν πολλὰς ἀπολογίσ, ἐσιώπα. Διὸ καὶ ὡς θέλων αὐτὸν ἀπολῦσαι, εἰς τοῦτο αὐτὸν προετρέπετο (30)· ὅτι γὰρ φθόνῳ παρεδόθη, καὶ Πιλάτῳ δῆλον ἦν. Οὐχ ἁπλῶς δὲ θαυμάζει, ἀλλὰ καὶ λίαν· τάχα μὲν διὰ τὸ ἄτρεπτον καὶ ἀτάραχον αὐτοῦ πρὸς θάνατον, καὶ ἐν τούτοις γαληνὸν τοῦ προσώπου·
English
For this reason, after all the mockery, this happens when he had his fill of the insults, and they had all uttered whatever they wished. Verse 11. And the governor asked him, saying: "Are you the king of the Jews?" As if judging him on a public charge, Pilate asks, saying: "Are you the king of the Jews?" He inquires mockingly, or asks in this way while doubting. But Jesus, calmly, hinting at "yes," as king of all men, said, "You say it." Since the high priest asked judicially, saying: "Tell us if you are the king," but Pilate declaratively. Observe whether "You have said it," spoken to the high priest, does not covertly expose his hesitation, while "You say it," to Pilate, confirms his declaration. For he was king of Israel, neither saying "yes," so as not to give Pilate a reasonable pretext for condemning him. Because of their intransigence, he does not even contradict them. And rightly he did not answer Pilate either, because he is uncertain whether he ought to defend himself against the unjust accusations, and because he is divided in opinion about them. For it was clear that, had he defended himself and shown himself guilty of no charge, the judge would have released him, taking a path to pronounce favorably about him. Hence the governor also marveled at him, how, though able to say many defenses, he remained silent. Therefore, as if wishing to release him, he urged him toward this; for that he was handed over out of envy was clear even to Pilate. And he does not simply marvel, but greatly; perhaps because of his unyielding and unperturbed attitude toward death, and the serenity of his face in these circumstances.
tlg2042.tlg077:59 · narrativemedium
Source
ἢ καὶ τὴν ὑπὲρ ἄνθρωπον αὐτοῦ μακροθυμίαν ἐθαύμαζεν. Εἰκὸς ἄρτι ὑποσπόνδων γενομένων Ῥωμαίοις Ἰουδαίων, τὸ κεχαρισμένον αὐτοῖς ᾤοντο ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ συγχωρεῖσθαι. Καὶ Σαοὺλ δὲ, συγχωρήσας τῷ λαῷ τὸν Ἰωνάθαν, δηλοῖ πρὶν αὐτοῖς καὶ τοιοῦτον. Ὡς νομίζων 5 Matth. XXV, 9. 1⁶ Matth. XXVI, 63, 17 ibid. 64 (7) Locas deficiens. (2) Nullum ascribitur auctoris nomen. Hro rcler ad vers. 12. (29) An οὐδενός. (30) Hic et infra confer edita Latina, et quædam ctiam contraria his reperies. δὲ, ὅτι τὸν ἀναίτιον, ἢ τὸν μυρίοις ἐγκλήμασιν ὑπαίτιον αἰτήσονται, εἶπε τοῦτο ὁ Πιλάτος, ὡς δικαίοις οὖσιν. ᾜδει γὰρ, ὅτι οὐδὲν σαφῆ ἔλεγχον εἶχον κατʼ αὐτοῦ.| Παλαιοῖς δὲ πάνυ ἀντιγράφοις ἐντυχὼν, εὗρον καὶ αὐτὸν τὸν Βαραββᾶν Ἰησοῦν λεγόμενον. Οὕτως γοῦν εἶχεν ἡ τοῦ Πιλάτου πεῦσις ἐκεῖ· χᾶνα θέλετε ἀπὸ τῶν δύο ἀπολύσω ὑμῖν; Ἰησοῦν τὸν Βαραββᾶν, ἢ Ἰησοῦν τὸν λεγόμενον Χριστόν; Ὡς γὰρ ἔοικε, πατρωνυμία ἧν τοῦ λῃστοῦ ὁ Βαραββᾶς, ὅπερ ἑρμηνεύεται διδασκάλου υἱός (31). Συντιθέμενον οὖν τὸ τοῦ Βαραμβᾶν ὄνομα σημαίνει υἱὸς τοῦ διδασκάλου ἡμῶν. Καὶ τίνος ἄρα διδασκάλου υἱὸν χρὴ νομίζειν τὸν ἐπίσημον λῃστὴν, ἢ τοῦ ἀνδρὸς αἱμάτων, τοῦ ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἀνθρωποκτόνου, ὂν καὶ μέχρι τῆς δεῦρο μᾶλλον αἱροῦνται οἱ μαθόντες παῤ αὐτοῦ ἀνθρωποκτονεῖν, ἢ τόν ζωοποιοῦντα τοὺς ἀνθρώπους, τὸν Κύριον ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦν Χριστόν; Κρινόμενος ὑπὸ τοῦ Πιλάτου, ἐχρημάτιζε τῇ τούτου γυναικὶ, ἵνα τῇ μὲν σιωπῇ τὴν ἀνδρείαν καταπλαγῇ, τῷ δὲ χρηματισμῷ γνῷ, ὅτι οὐκ ἄνθρωπεν, ἀλλὰ Θεὸν κρίνει.
English
Or perhaps he was marveling at his superhuman patience. It is likely that, since the Jews had recently become allies of the Romans, they thought that what was pleasing to them was permitted at the festival. And Saul, having granted Jonathan to the people, indicates to them beforehand that such a thing is so. As if thinking that they would ask for the innocent one, or the one guilty of countless charges, Pilate said this, as though they were just. For he knew that they had no clear proof against him. Having encountered very ancient manuscripts, I also found that Barabbas himself was called Jesus. Thus, at least, Pilate's inquiry there went: "Which of the two do you want me to release to you? Jesus Barabbas, or Jesus called Christ?" For, as it seems, Barabbas was a patronymic of the bandit, which is interpreted as "son of a teacher." Therefore, the name Barabbas, when compounded, means "son of our teacher." And whose son, then, must we consider the notorious bandit to be, if not the son of the man of blood, the original murderer, whom even to this day those who have learned from him choose to murder men rather than to give life to men, our Lord Jesus Christ? While being judged by Pilate, he gave an oracle to his wife, so that by his silence she might be struck by his courage, and by the oracle she might know that it is not a man, but God, whom he judges.
tlg2042.tlg077:60 · narrativehigh
Source
Διὰ δὲ τοῦτο αὐτὸς οὐκ εἶδεν ἢ ἵνα μὴ σιωπήσῃ τῷ (32) ὄναρ, ἢ ὄτι οὐκ ἔπιστεύετο, ἢ ὅτι ἀνάξιος ῆν, ἢ ἵνα ἀκούσας ἃ ὑπέμεινεν ἡ γυνὴ, συμπαθήσῃ. Οὐ γὰρ μόνον εἶδε τὸ ἐνύπνιον, ἀλλὰ καὶ πολλὰ ἔπαθε, καὶ ἐν νυκτὶ πρὸς τὸ φοβερώτερον γίνεσθαι. Ἄλλως τε δὲ Προνοίας ἔργον τὸ ὄναρ, οὐ λεγόμενον μὲν τί ἦν, δεικνύον δὲ, ὅτι οὐχ ἵνα μὴ πάθῃ ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐδείχθη, ἀλλʼ ἴνα σωθῇ ἡ γυνή. Μακαρία δὲ ἡ τοιαῦτα (33) ἀπέχουσα ἐν ὀνείροις τὸ παθεῖν, ἵνα μὴ ὑπερπάθῃ. Εἰ (34) δὲ σύμβολέν ἐστιν αὕτη τῆς ποτε ὑπὸ Πιλάτου κυριευομένης Ἐκκλησίας, καὶ οὐκέτι οὕσης αὐτῷ ὑποχειρίου διὰ τὴν εἰς Χριστὸν πίστιν γὰρ, ἀλλόφυλος γὰρ ἡ γυνή. Στίχ. με΄. Ἀπὸ δέ ἕκτης ὥρας σκότος ἐγένετο ἐπὶ πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν ἕως ὥρας ἐνάτης. (33) Περὶ ταύτης τῆς ἐκλείψεως καὶ ὁ προφήτης Ζαχαρίας εἰπών· Ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, φησὶν, οὐκ ἔσται φῶς. Καὶ ψῦχος καὶ πάγος ἔσται μίαν ἡμέραν. Καὶ ἡ ἡμέρα ἐκείνη γνωστὴ τῷ Κυρίῳ. Καὶ οὐχ ἡμέρα, καὶ οὐ νύξ· καὶ πρὸς ἐσπέραν ἔσται φῶς. Εἰπὼν δὲ τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐσκοτίσθαι τοὺς βάλλοντας χεῖρας τῷ φωτί. Ὡς γὰρ Αἰγυπτίοις σκότος. καὶ τοῖς υἱοῖς Ἰσραὴλ φῶς· οὕτως καὶ νῦν τῇ μὲν Ἐκκλησίᾳ φῶς, τοῖς δὲ Ἰουδαίοις σκότος τριῶν ἡμερῶν, φωτὸς πατρικοῦ, ἀπαυγάσματος Χριστοῦ, ἐκλάμψεως ἁγίου Πνεύματος. Καὶ ἐπεὶ ἐν τῇ ἕκτῃ ἡμέρᾳ γεγένηται ὁ ἄνθρωπος, εἰκὸς δὲ αὐτὸν ἐν τῇ ἕκτῃ ὁ ὥρᾳ ἐσφάλθαι· τάχα διὰ τοῦτο ὁ ὑπὲρ σωτηρίας ἀνθρώπων πάσχων ὥρᾳ ἕκτῃ ἐκρεμάσθη. Τοῦτό ἐστι τὸ σημεῖον, ὅπερ ἔμπροσθεν αἰτοῦσιν ὑπέσχετο δώσειν, λέγων· Γενεὰ πονηρὰ καὶ μοιχαλὶς σημεῖον ἐπιἐητεῖ, 18 Matth. XXVII, 17. 19 Joan. VIII, 44.
English
For this reason he himself did not see it, either so that he would not be silent about the dream, or because he was not believed, or because he was unworthy, or so that, having heard what the woman endured, he would sympathize. For she not only saw the dream but also suffered much, and at night, so that it would become more terrifying. Moreover, it is a work of Providence that the dream, though not telling what it was, shows that it was revealed not so that Jesus would not suffer, but so that the woman would be saved. Blessed is she who receives such things in dreams, to suffer so that she might not suffer excessively. But if this woman is a symbol of the Church once dominated by Pilate and no longer subject to him because of faith in Christ—for the woman is a foreigner—then: Verse 45. From the sixth hour darkness came over the whole earth until the ninth hour. Concerning this eclipse, the prophet Zechariah also said: "On that day," he says, "there will be no light. And there will be cold and frost for one day. And that day is known to the Lord. And it is neither day nor night; and toward evening there will be light." And he said that the darkness darkened those who laid hands on the light. For just as there was darkness for the Egyptians and light for the sons of Israel, so also now there is light for the Church, but darkness of three days for the Jews—light of the Father, radiance of Christ, illumination of the Holy Spirit. And since man was created on the sixth day, and it is likely that he erred on the sixth hour, perhaps for this reason the one suffering for the salvation of men was hung at the sixth hour. This is the sign which he earlier promised to give when they asked, saying: "A wicked and adulterous generation seeks a sign.
tlg2042.tlg077:61 · narrativemedium
Source
20 Zach. XIV, 6, 7. 21 21Matth. XII, 39. 22Joan. VIII, 28. (31) Hinc quædam videtur hausisse Theophyl. pag. 156 a. (32) Forte τό. (33) An τοιαύτη. (34) Forte οἱονεί. (35) Subjungitur non asscripto auctoris nomine. Confer. edita Orig. καὶ ἑξῆς· καὶ, Ὅταν ὑψώσητε τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τότε γνώσεσθε, ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι. Καὶ γὰρ πολλῷ θαυμαστότερον ἐπὶ τοῦ σταυροῦ προσηλουμένου ταῦτα γενέσθαι ἢ ἐπὶ γῆς βαδίζοντος. Οὐ ταύτῃ δὲ μόνον τὸ παράδοξον ἦν, ἀλλʼ ὅτι καὶ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ γέγονεν ὅπερ ἐζήτουν, καὶ ἐπὶ πᾶσαν τὴν οἰκουμένην, ὅπερ οὐδὲ πρότερον συνέβη, ἀλλʼ ἐν Ἀἰγύπτῳ μόνον, ὅτε καὶ τὸ Πάσχα ἐτελεῖτο· καὶ γὰρ ἐκεῖνα τύπος ἦν τούτων. Ἵνα γὰρ μὴ εἴπωσιν ἔκλειψιν εἶναι τὸ γεγενημένον, διὰ τοῦτο τῇ δι΄ γίνεται, ὅτε ἔκλειψιν συμβῆναι ἀμήχανον. Ἐν μέσῃ δὲ ἡμέρᾳ, ἵνα πάντες οἱ τὴν γῆν οἰκοῦντες μάθωσιν, ὅτι πανταχοῦ τῆς οἰκουμένης ἡμέρα ἦν. Καὶ Φλέγων δέ τις παῤ Ἕλλησι φιλόσοφος μέμνηται τούτου τοῦ σκότους, ὡς παραδόξως γεγενημένου ἐν τῇ ιδ΄ τῆς σελήνης· ὅτε οὐ πέφυκεν ἔκλειψις γίνεσθαι, ὅτε πολὺ ἀπέχει τό τοῦ ἡλίου διάστημα, ὅσον ἀπʼ ἀρχῆς τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἕως τέλους. Τότε γὰρ γίνονται ἐκλείψεις, ὅταν πλησιάσωσιν ἀλλήλοις οἱ δύο οὗτοι φωστῆρες. Γίνεται γὰρ ἔκλειψις ἡλίου συνοδικῶς ὑποδραμούσης αὐτὸν σελήνης, οὐ πανσελήνῳ, ὅτε διάμετρός ἐστι τῇ σελήνη. Τοῦτο δὲ γέγονεν, ὡς πενθούσης τῆς κτίσεως ἐπὶ τῷ γεγονότι, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο δηλούσης, ὅτι, τῆς παροινίας ταύτης πραχθείσης ἐξ Ἰουδαίων, ἐσκοτίσθη αὐτῶν ὁ νοῦς, καὶ ἀπέστη ἀπʼ αὐτῶν ὁ νοητὸς ἥλιος.
English
And so forth: and, "When you lift up the Son of Man, then you will know that I am." For it is much more astonishing that these things happened when he was nailed to the cross than when he was walking on the earth. And the paradoxical nature was not only in this, but also that what they sought came from the sky, and over the whole inhabited world, which had not happened before, but only in Egypt, when the Passover was also celebrated; for those things were a type of these. So that they might not say that what had happened was an eclipse, for this reason it occurs on the fourteenth day, when it is impossible for an eclipse to occur. And in the middle of the day, so that all who inhabit the earth might learn that it was day everywhere in the inhabited world. And a certain Phlegon, a philosopher among the Greeks, mentions this darkness, as having happened paradoxically on the fourteenth day of the moon, when an eclipse is not naturally wont to occur, when the distance of the sun is as great as from the beginning of the sky to its end. For eclipses occur when these two luminaries approach each other. For an eclipse of the sun occurs when the moon runs under it at conjunction, not at full moon, when the moon is in opposition. This happened, as if creation were mourning over what had occurred, and through this showing that, when this outrage was perpetrated by the Jews, their mind was darkened, and the intelligible sun departed from them.
tlg2042.tlg077:62 · narrativemedium
Source
Εἴτε γὰρ αὐτὸν ἐνόμιζον τοῦτο πεποιηκέναι, ἔδει πιστεῦσαι καὶ φοβηθῆναι· εἴτε οὐκ αὐτὸν, ἀλλὰ τὸν Πατέρα, καὶ ἐκ τούτου ἔδει κατανυγῆναι. Ὀργιζομένου γὰρ ἦν τὸ σκότος ἐκεῖνο, καὶ δεῖγμα τοῦ μέλλοντος λαβεῖν τοὺς θεομάχους τε καὶ μιαιφόνους. Διὰ τοῦτο γὰρ μετὰ πάντων τῆς (36) παροινίας τοῦτο γίνεται, ὅτε κόρος ἔλαβε τῶν σκωμμάτων, καὶ πάντων ἐφθέγξαντο ὅσα ἠθέλησαν. ΚΕΦ ΚΗ΄. Στίχ. ιη΄. Ἐδόθη μοι πᾶσα ἐξουσία ἐν οὐρανῷ καὶ ἐπὶ γῆς. Τὸ, Ἐδόθη μοι πᾶσα ἐξουσία, καὶ ἐξῆς, εἰς τὴν ἐνανθρώπησιν νόει. Εἰ δὲ καὶ εἰς τὴν θεότητα θεωρεῖν (37), καὶ οὕτω λήψῃ τὸ Ἐδόθη μοι ἐξουσία, ἀντὶ τοῦ Ἐχωρήθη. Ἐδόθη, ἠνέχθη μοι, περὶ τοῦ αὐτεξουσίου ἐπιστεύθην. Χώραν ἔσχεν ἡ ζωὴ πρῶτον μὲν ἐν τοῖς ἄνω, εἶτα νῦν καὶ ἐν τοῖς κάτω· οὓς θαῤῥοῦντες βαπτίσατε εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Πατρὸς, καὶ τοῦ Υἱοῦ, καὶ τοῦ ἁγίου Πνεύματος. Εἷς ὁ σώζων. μία ἡ σωτηρία. Εἷς ὁ ζῶν Πατὴρ, ὁ Υἱὸς, καὶ τὸ ἅγιον Πνεῦμα. Εἷς ἐστιν οὐ συναλοιφῇ τῶν τριῶν, ἀλλʼ οὐσίᾳ μιᾷ· τρεῖς δὲ ὑποστάσεις τέλειαι ἐν πᾶσι, καὶ κατάλληλοι. Κατὰ φύσιν ἐγέννησεν ὁ Πατήρ· διόπερ ὁμοούσιος ἐγεννήθη. Οὐ σῶμα ὁ Θεός· διὰ τοῦτο οὐκ ἀσταρεῦσιν (38) ἢ κίνησιν, ἤ τι τῶν τοιούτων, ἂ ἐν τοῖς σώμασι θεωρεῖται, ὁ Θεὸς ὁ ἀσώματος ἐγέννησεν. Ἐνυπόστατος ἡ γέννησις· ἀπετέχθη ἐκ τῆς οὐσίας τοῦ Πατρὸς ὁ Υἱός. (36) Forte τάς. (37) Ms. χώρης. (38) Forte ἅρα ῥεῦσιν. Στίχ. ιη΄. Ἐδόθη μοι πᾶσα ἐξουσία ἐν οὐρανῷ καὶ ἐπὶ γῆς. Τὸ, Ἐδόθη μοι πᾶσα ἐξουσία, καὶ ἐξῆς, εἰς τὴν ἐνανθρώπησιν νόει.
English
For if they thought that he himself had done this, they ought to have believed and feared; but if not him, but the Father, even from this they ought to have been stricken. For that darkness was a sign of wrath, and a token that the god-fighters and murderers were about to receive their due. For this reason, along with all the acts of violence, this happens when they had their fill of mockeries and had uttered all that they wished. Chapter 28. Verse 18. "All authority was given to me in heaven and on earth." The phrase, "All authority was given to me," and so forth, understand with reference to the incarnation. But if you also consider it with regard to the divinity, you will take "Authority was given to me" in the sense of "It was granted." "Given," "brought to me," I was entrusted with free will. Life first had place among the higher beings, and now also among the lower; whom, trusting, baptize into the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Spirit. One is the savior. One is the salvation. One is the living Father, the Son, and the Holy Spirit. They are one not by a blending of the three, but by one substance; but three perfect hypostases in all things, and corresponding. The Father begot according to nature; therefore the Son was begotten consubstantial. God is not a body; therefore God the incorporeal begot without flux or motion or any such things as are observed in bodies. The generation is hypostatic; the Son was born from the substance of the Father.
tlg2042.tlg077:63 · narrativemedium
Source
Εἰ δὲ καὶ εἰς τὴν θεότητα θεωρεῖν (37), καὶ οὕτω λήψῃ τὸ Ἐδόθη μοι ἐξουσία, ἀντὶ τοῦ Ἐχωρήθη. Ἐδόθη, ἠνέχθη μοι, περὶ τοῦ αὐτεξουσίου ἐπιστεύθην. Χώραν ἔσχεν ἡ ζωὴ πρῶτον μὲν ἐν τοῖς ἄνω, εἶτα νῦν καὶ ἐν τοῖς κάτω· οὓς θαῤῥοῦντες βαπτίσατε εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Πατρὸς, καὶ τοῦ Υἱοῦ, καὶ τοῦ ἁγίου Πνεύματος. Εἷς ὁ σώζων. μία ἡ σωτηρία. Εἷς ὁ ζῶν Πατὴρ, ὁ Υἱὸς, καὶ τὸ ἅγιον Πνεῦμα. Εἷς ἐστιν οὐ συναλοιφῇ τῶν τριῶν, ἀλλʼ οὐσίᾳ μιᾷ· τρεῖς δὲ ὑποστάσεις τέλειαι ἐν πᾶσι, καὶ κατάλληλοι. Κατὰ φύσιν ἐγέννησεν ὁ Πατήρ· διόπερ ὁμοούσιος ἐγεννήθη. Οὐ σῶμα ὁ Θεός· διὰ τοῦτο οὐκ ἀσταρεῦσιν (38) ἢ κίνησιν, ἤ τι τῶν τοιούτων, ἂ ἐν τοῖς σώμασι θεωρεῖται, ὁ Θεὸς ὁ ἀσώματος ἐγέννησεν. Ἐνυπόστατος ἡ γέννησις· ἀπετέχθη ἐκ τῆς οὐσίας τοῦ Πατρὸς ὁ Υἱός. (36) Forte τάς. (37) Ms. χώρης. (38) Forte ἅρα ῥεῦσιν.
English
But if one also considers the divinity (37), and thus you will take the phrase "Authority was given to me" as equivalent to "I was granted." "It was given, it was brought to me," concerning free will, "I was entrusted." Life first had place in the higher realms, and now also in the lower; whom, taking courage, baptize into the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Spirit. One is the savior; one is the salvation. One is the living Father, the Son, and the Holy Spirit. They are one not by a blending of the three, but by one essence; but three perfect hypostases in all things, and corresponding. The Father begot according to nature; therefore the Son was begotten consubstantial. God is not a body; therefore there is no flux (38) or motion, or any such things as are observed in bodies; the incorporeal God begot. The generation is hypostatic; the Son was brought forth from the essence of the Father.
Citation. Tergwame, “Scholia in Matthaeum”, tlg2042.tlg077:1, machine-draft, 2026. https://naxiai.com/christian/works/tlg2042.tlg077#s1
Colophon. Source: first1k · licence: CC BY-SA 4.0 · model: deepseek/deepseek-v4-flash:floor · provider: Relace · cost: $0.0322 · generated 2026-11-15.